5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors
SM Series Sensors
5.0 Introduction
Quick Reference Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-2
Technical Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-4
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-6
5.1 Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-9
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-10
5.2 NanoView Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-27
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-28
5.3 IntelliView Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-33
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-34
5.4 SM Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-48
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-50
5.5 Comet Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-54
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-56
5.6 Prism Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-69
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-70
5.7 OEM Prism Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-78
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-79
5.8 E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-84
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-86
5.9 E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-93
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-94
5.10 E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-97
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-98
Learn
Online
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800–426-9184.
Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this section should not
be used for functional safety applications. These products were not designed
or tested to IEC 60947-5-3 or recommended for functional safety.
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-1
V8-T5-2 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.0
Photoelectric Sensors
Introduction
Quick Reference Guide
Photoelectric Sensors
Sensing Application Sensing Style Maximum Range Product Family Page
Through beam 500 ft (152m) Enhanced 50 Series Sensors V8-T5-9
50 ft (15m) SM Series Sensors V8-T5-48
80 ft (24m) Comet® Series Sensors V8-T5-54
20 ft (6m) Prism™ Series Sensors V8-T5-69
800 ft (250m) E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors V8-T5-84
19 ft (6m) NanoView Series Sensors V8-T5-27
Diffuse reflective 10 ft (3m) Enhanced 50 Series Sensors V8-T5-9
2 ft (610 mm) Comet Series Sensors V8-T5-54
8 in (200 mm) SM Series Sensors V8-T5-48
8 in (200 mm) Prism Series Sensors V8-T5-69
13.8 in (350 mm) NanoView Series Sensors V8-T5-27
Fixed Focus Perfect Prox®4 in (50 mm) SM Series Sensors V8-T5-48
9 in (225 mm) Comet Series Sensors V8-T5-54
11 in (280 mm) E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors V8-T5-84
79 in (200 cm) E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors V8-T5-93
3.9 in (100 mm) NanoView Series Sensors V8-T5-27
Background suppression 47.2 in (120 cm) IntelliView Series Sensors V8-T5-33
Standard reflex 30 ft (9m) Enhanced 50 Series Sensors V8-T5-9
25 ft (7.6m) Comet Series Sensors V8-T5-54
15 ft (4.5m) Prism Series Sensors V8-T5-69
59 ft (18m) E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors V8-T5-84
Polarized reflex 16 ft (4.9m) Enhanced 50 Series Sensors V8-T5-9
15 ft (4.5m) Comet Series Sensors V8-T5-54
10 ft (3m) SM Series Sensors V8-T5-48
34 ft (10m) E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors V8-T5-84
8.2 ft (2.5m) NanoView Series Sensors V8-T5-27
Clear object detector 45 in (120 cm) Enhanced 50 Series Sensors V8-T5-9
31.5 in (80 cm) NanoView Series Sensors V8-T5-27
6 in (150 mm) Comet Series Sensors (wide-angle) V8-T5-54
Detector
Source
Target
Diffuse
Reective
Sensor
Target
Fixed Focus
Perfect Prox
Sensor
Target
Background
Target
Reex
Sensor
Retroreector
Clear
Target
Clear
Object
Sensor
Retroreector
(Not required with
Comet Series)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.0
Photoelectric Sensors
Introduction
Photoelectric Sensors, continued
Sensing Application Sensing Style Maximum Range Product Family Page
Fiber optic infrared LED
glass cable
Depends on fiber selected Enhanced 50 Series Sensors V8-T5-9
Depends on fiber selected Comet Series Sensors V8-T5-54
Fiber optic visible LED
plastic cable
Depends on fiber selected Enhanced 50 Series Sensors V8-T5-9
Depends on fiber selected Comet Series Sensors V8-T5-54
Conveyor sensor system 10 ft (3m) E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve V8-T6-3
10 ft (3m) 200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation V8-T6-14
Color sensing 1.77 in (45 mm) IntelliView Series Sensors V8-T5-33
Contrast sensing 0.39 in (10 mm) IntelliView Series Sensors V8-T5-33
Detector Fiber
Source
Fiber
Target
Sensor
Color
Sensor
Target
Target
Contrast
Sensor
V8-T5-4 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.0
Photoelectric Sensors
Introduction
Technical Reference
Photoelectric Sensors
Introduction
Photoelectric sensors use light to detect the presence or absence of an object. The main
advantages of photoelectric sensors are noncontact sensing of objects and greatly extended
sensing ranges.
Choosing the Right Sensor
There are many factors to
consider when choosing a
photoelectric sensor. The
specific demands of your
application will dictate the
sensor required for the job.
Some of the questions you
should consider, and
suggested areas to find more
information:
●What range is required
(how far is the sensor from
the object to be detected)?
(See “Modes of Detection”,
“Range” and “Excess
Gain”)
●What is the nature of the
environment? (See
“Contamination”)
●What access do you have
to both sides of the object
to be detected (is wiring
possible on one or both
sides of the object)? (See
“Modes of Detection”)
●What size is the object
being detected? (See
“Modes of Detection”)
●Is the object consistent in
size, shape, and
reflectivity? (See “Modes
of Detection, Perfect
Prox”)
●What are the mechanical
and electrical
requirements? (Check the
electrical specifications of
the desired sensor)
●What kind of output do you
need? (Check the electrical
specifications of the
desired sensor)
●Are logic functions needed
at the sensing point? (If so,
look for sensors with logic
modules or built-in logic
functions)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.0
Photoelectric Sensors
Introduction
Modes of Detection
Thru-Beam
Source and detector
elements are mounted in
separate housings and
aligned facing each other
across an area which the
target object crosses.
Detection occurs when an
object blocks the entire
effective beam (the column
of light that travels in a
straight line between lenses).
See Page V8-T12-27.
Reflex
The source and detector are
mounted in a single sensor
housing and are positioned
parallel to one another on the
same side of the object to be
detected. The light beam is
transmitted from the source to
a retroreflector that returns the
light to the detector. Detection
occurs when the target object
blocks the entire effective
beam. See Page V8-T12-28.
Reflex Detection Mode
Diffuse Reflective
The source and detector
elements are mounted in a
single sensor housing and are
positioned on the same side
of the object to be detected
and aligned with crossed
fields of view. When the target
moves into this area light
from the source is reflected
off the target surface back to
the detector and detection
occurs. See Page V8-T12-28.
Diffuse Reflective Detection
Mode
Perfect Prox
Perfect Prox is a special
type of diffuse reflective
sensor that combines
extremely high sensing
power (excess gain) with a
sharp optical cutoff. This
allows the sensor to reliably
detect targets regardless of
variations in color,
reflectance, contrast or
surface shape, while ignoring
background objects that are
just slightly beyond the target
range. See Page V8-T12-28.
Range
Each sensor listed in this catalog has a specific operating range. In general, thru-beam sensors
offer the greatest range (most power), followed by reflex and then diffuse reflective sensors.
Operating ranges vary, and there is some overlap among types and models. See Applying Excess
Gain on Page V8-T12-30.
Excess Gain
Excess gain is a measure of
the sensing power available
in excess of that required to
detect an object. The
following excess gain chart
shows this measurement
graphically. Find your required
range on the x-axis of the
graph. Then move up to the
curve to read the excess gain
value from the y-axis. An
excess gain value of 1 is the
minimum level required for
sensor operation. Eaton
normally recommends
excess gain levels ≥10 for
reliable sensor operation. See
Page V8-T12-30.
Photoelectric Sensor
Excess Gain Graph
Note: The excess gain charts in
this catalog represent the
minimum excess gain provided
by the sensor (unless otherwise
noted). Actual performance may
be better.
Contamination
The chart on Page V8-T12-32 shows
the excess gain recommended
in environments with varying
levels of contamination for each sensing mode.
Detector
Source
Target
Target
Reex
Sensor
Retroreector
Beam Complete
No Object Present
Object Detected
Source
Detector
Source
Detector
Diffuse
Reective
Sensor
Target
Beam Not Complete
No Object Present
Object Detected
Source
Detector
Source
Detector
Fixed Focus
Perfect Prox
Sensor
Target
Background
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
V8-T5-6 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.0
Photoelectric Sensors
Introduction
Product Selection Guide
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors IntelliView Series Sensors SM Series Sensors
Page V8-T5-9
Overview
The Enhanced 50 Series family provides
outstanding optical performance and
application flexibility in a self-contained,
industry-standard package.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Thru-beam: 200 and 500 ft
Reflex: 30 ft
Polarized reflex: 16 ft
Diffuse reflective: 5 and 10 ft
Clear object detector: 45 in
Infrared fiber optic: range varies with fiber
Visible fiber optic: range varies with fiber
Product Features
High optical performance including 10 ft
diffuse and 500 ft thru-beam versions
Output options include a high-current
10 Amp SPDT relay
Built-in light/dark selection on all models
Logic options include ON-delay, OFF-delay
and one-shot delay
Multiple connector and cable options
Industry standard package size
Technical Data and Specifications
Operating voltage—
24–240 Vac and 12–240 Vdc; 10–40 Vdc
Output function—
Selectable light or dark operate
Maximum load current—
DC units: 250 mA
AC/DC units: 300 mA to 10A
Enclosure ratings—
IP67, IP69K
Response time range—
DC operation: 2 ms
AC operation: 15 ms
Approvals
CSA® Approved
Certified to UL® Standard, UL 508
CE
Page V8-T5-27
Overview
The NanoView™ Series from Eaton is a family
of miniature rectangular photoelectric sensors
designed for optimum value and sensing
performance in a wide range of applications.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Thru-beam: 20 ft
Polarized reflex: 8.2 ft
Diffuse reflective: 13 in
Fixed focus diffuse: 4 in
Clear object detector: 2.6 ft
Product Features
Less than 1.5 in long and half an in deep
Fixed focus diffuse models sense very small
targets at a 4-in focal point
Clear object detection models are ideal for
sensing plastic bottles, molds, cartons,
films and glass objects
Technical Data and Specifications
Input voltage—
10–30 Vdc
Output saturation voltage—
2V max.
Enclosure ratings—
Thru-beam: IP67
Polarized reflex: IP66
Diffuse reflective: IP66
Fixed focus diffuse: IP67
Clear object detector: IP66
Response time range—
1 ms max.
Approvals
UL Listed
cUL® Listed
CE
Page V8-T5-33
Overview
The IntelliView™ Series from Eaton is a
family of compact, high performance
specialty photoelectric sensors designed to
solve a wide array of sensing challenges.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Foreground/background suppression
Distance sensing
Color, contrast, luminescence, and
grayscale sensing
Product Features
Sensing technologies for detecting color,
contrast, luminescence and distance—
with great accuracy
Available in either compact rectangular or
flat-tubular package sizes
Most models include a teach mode,
allowing for quick and simple installation
and setup
For the first time, Eaton offers a fully field-
adjustable background suppression
photoelectric sensor capable of detecting
targets as far as 3.9 ft (47 in) away
Technical Data and Specifications
Input voltage—
Foreground models: 10–30 Vdc
Distance models: 16–28 Vdc
Output saturation voltage—
All models: < 2V max.
Enclosure ratings—
Foreground models:
E75-PPA_: IP65
E75-PP1_: IP67
Distance models: IP67
Response time range—
Varies by model
Approvals
UL Listed
cUL Listed
CE
Page V8-T5-48
Overview
SM Series photoelectric sensors provide
high performance and ease of use in an
economical, compact package.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Thru-beam: 50 ft
Polarized reflex: 10 ft
Diffuse reflective: 8 in
Perfect Prox background
rejection: 2 and 4 in
Product Features
Highly visible LED indicators for power,
output and alignment (TargetLock™)
TargetLock™ simplifies setup and ensures
that the sensor operates at the highest
level of reliability possible
Perfect Prox models sense different colored
targets at the same range and ignore
objects in the background
Visible beam on all models lets you see
exactly where the sensor is pointing
Small size
Reverse polarity, overload and short circuit
protection on all models
Technical Data and Specifications
Operating voltage—
18–264 Vac and 18–50 Vdc; 10–30 Vdc
Output function—
Light and dark operate models available
Maximum load current—
AC/DC units—200 mA
DC units—100 mA (NPN or PNP)
Enclosure ratings—
NEMA® 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13
IP68, IP69K
Response time range—
DC operation: 1 ms
AC operation: 16 ms
Approvals
UL Listed
cUL Listed
CE
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.0
Photoelectric Sensors
Introduction
Comet Series Sensors Prism Series Sensors OEM Prism Series Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Page V8-T5-54
Overview
This high performance, 18 mm tubular
sensor family features a wide variety of
models in all sensing modes to solve all
of your sensing problems.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Thru-beam: 20 and 80 ft
Reflex: 25 ft
Polarized reflex: 15 and 10 ft
Diffuse reflective: 8 and 24 in
Focused diffuse reflective: 1.6 in
See Page V8-T5-54 for wide angle diffuse
and Perfect Prox information
Product Features
The 18 mm tubular body has flat sides for
added mounting flexibility
Available in universal voltage AC/DC
versions as well as DC only models
Short circuit protection on all models
RIM (Reaction Injection Molding) process
completely encapsulates circuits and
produces a rugged package
Technical Data and Specifications
Operating voltage—
90–132 Vac and 18–50 Vdc
20–264 Vac and 15–30 Vdc; 10–30 Vdc
Output function—
Selectable light or dark operate
Maximum load current—
AC/DC units—300 mA
DC units—250 mA (NPN), 100 mA (PNP)
Enclosure ratings—
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 and IP69K
Response time range—
DC operation: 1 ms/AC operation: 10 ms
2W AC/DC operation: 32 ms
Approvals
UL Recognized
cUL Recognized
CE
Page V8-T5-69
Overview
Prism is a cost-effective line of 18 mm
tubular photoelectric sensors with twice
the optical gain of other sensors in this
product class.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Thru-beam: 20 ft
Reflex: 15 ft
Polarized reflex: 10 ft
Diffuse reflective: 8 in
Glass fiber optic: range varies with fiber
Product Features
Isolated output simplifies wiring and allows
each sensor to switch AC or DC loads, sink
or source
Forward or right angle viewing units have
identical optical performance
The 18 mm tubular body has flat sides for
added mounting flexibility
Short circuit protection for loads less than
32 Vac or Vdc
High noise immunity
AC/DC and DC-only versions available
Technical Data and Specifications
Operating voltage—
20–132 Vac and 15–30 Vdc; 10–30 Vdc
Output function—
Isolated VMOS solid-state relay output
Light and dark operate models available
Maximum load current—
80 mA AC load
110 mA at 132 Vdc
Enclosure ratings—
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13
Response time range—
3 ms
Approvals
UL Recognized
cUL Recognized
CE
Page V8-T5-78
Overview
OEM Prism Sensors are similar to our
standard cost-effective Prism family and
are optimized for high volume OEM use.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Polarized reflex: 10 ft
Diffuse reflective: 8 and 24 in
Product Features
The 18 mm tubular body has flat sides for
added mounting flexibility
Forward or right angle viewing units have
identical optical performance
Sensors are shipped bulk-packaged for the
convenience of high volume users
Dual discrete outputs for simple wiring
All models 10–30 Vdc only to meet the
evolving needs of your customers
Technical Data and Specifications
Operating voltage—
10–30 Vdc
Output function—
Light and dark operate models available
Maximum load current—
100 mA
Enclosure ratings—
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13
Response time range—
1.2 ms
Approvals
CE
Page V8-T5-84
Overview
E58 Harsh Duty Photoelectric Sensors were
designed to withstand your harshest
physical, chemical and optical environments,
18 and 30 mm tubular enclosures.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Thru-beam: 800 ft
Reflex: 59 ft
Polarized reflex: 34 ft
Perfect Prox background rejection: 2, 4, 6
and 11 in
Product Features
Designed to be the most rugged
photoelectric sensor available
Perfect Prox background rejection
technology for unmatched optical
performance
Output status indictor is the brightest
available and is visible from any angle and
in any lighting condition
Available in universal voltage AC/DC
versions as well as DC only models
18 mm and 30 mm models available
Technical Data and Specifications
Operating voltage—
See Page V8-T5-84 for more information
Output function—
Light and dark operate models available
Maximum load current—
AC/DC units—300 mA (100 mA for 18 mm
diameter units)
DC units—250 mA (NPN), 100 mA (PNP)
Enclosure ratings—
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12,
12K, 13 and IP69K
Response time range—
2 ms to 35 ms
Approvals
UL Listed
cUL Listed
V8-T5-8 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.0
Photoelectric Sensors
Introduction
E67 Long Range
Perfect Prox Series Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style,
Modular Sensors Legacy Sensor Products
See Ta b 11 for product
information and ordering
information for these legacy
products:
●E58 18 mm Tubular Series
●E64 Terminal Base Series
●E65 Miniature Series
●11 S er i e s
●20 Series
●50 Series
●55 Series
●60 Series
●70 Series
●80 Series
Page V8-T5-93
Overview
This is the highest performance long-range
sensor you can buy with background
rejection.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Perfect Prox 24 to 96 in
Standard model pre-set at 6 ft. Fixed ranges
of 2–8 ft are available.
Product Features
Extended sensing ranges (up to 8 ft)
available with background rejection
technology
No user adjustments required
Dual indicators communicate both output
and power status from easy-to-see location
on the top of the sensor
AC/DC models offer isolated contact output
for wiring flexibility
DC sensors offer both NPN and PNP output
Two mounting options for maximum
flexibility
Technical Data and Specifications
Operating voltage—
18–30 Vdc and 20–132 Vac/dc
Output function—
NPN and PNP (DC)
Solid-state relay, 1500V isolation (AC/DC)
Light and dark operate models available
Maximum load current—
100 mA DC
75 mA AC/DC
Enclosure ratings—
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13
Response time range—
50 ms (AC/DC) and 15 ms (DC)
Approvals
—
Page V8-T5-97
Overview
This versatile sensing family features
modular construction, a variety of
operating modes and a familiar limit
switch style housing.
Sensing Types and Ranges
Thru-beam: 300 ft
Reflex: 18 and 35 ft
Polarized reflex: 15 ft
Diffuse reflective: 8, 18 and 40 in
Glass fiber optic: range varies with fiber
Product Features
Modular construction consisting of a head,
sensor body and receptacle
Most E51 photoelectric and inductive heads
are interchangeable on all E51 sensor
bodies for substantial inventory reduction
Same general configurations and
dimensions as the E50 limit switch
Order as complete assemblies or
components for stocking and
manufacturing flexibility
Keyed, for directional head positioning
Technical Data and Specifications
Operating voltage—
20–264 Vac/dc; 120 Vac; 10–30 Vdc
Output function—
NO or NC (programmable); or NO and NC
(complementary) sensor bodies are
available
Maximum load current—
AC—1.0A continuous
DC—0.6A continuous
Enclosure ratings—
NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13
Class I, II, III, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, F
and G (conduit entry only)
Response time range—
1 ms to 30 ms
Approvals
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE (where shown)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-9
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Product Selection
Thru-Beam Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-10
Reflex Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-12
Diffuse Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-14
Clear Object Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-16
Fiber Optic Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-17
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-19
Fiber Optic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-20
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-21
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-21
Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-22
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-23
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-24
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Product Description
The new Enhanced versions
of the 50 Series™ Photo-
electric Sensors from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector offer
flexibility, durability and high
optical performance in a cost-
effective self-contained
package. Choose from three
output types, four time delay
functions, six sensing modes
and four connection styles to
tailor the sensor to exactly
meet your needs.
Sensors are available in thru-
beam, reflex, polarized reflex,
diffuse reflective, clear
object, and fiber optic sensing
modes. Brackets are available
for easy mounting and to
allow precise adjustment of
sensor alignment.
Features
●High optical performance
models including a 500 ft
(152m) thru-beam and a
10 ft (3m) diffuse
reflective unit
●Output options include a
3Amp SPDT relay
●All units offer light/dark
selection
●Logic options include
ON-delay, OFF-delay,
ON/OFF-delay and one-
shot delay
●Fiber optic sensors operate
in thru-beam or diffuse
reflective mode depending
on the fiber optic cable
selected
●Fully potted construction
for use in areas subject to
washdown, high shock
and/or vibration
●Choice of pre-wired power
cable, built-in mini-
connector, built-in micro-
connector and pigtail
micro-connector versions.
Standard pre-wired cable
length is 6 ft (2m)
●Variety of brackets
available including ball
swivel
Standards and Certifications
●CSA Approved
●Certified to UL Standard,
UL 508
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
V8-T5-10 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Product Selection Guide
Connection Options
Cable Version
Product Selection
Mini QD (Body)
Micro or Euro (Micro)
QD (Body)
Micro or Euro (Micro)
QD (Pigtail)
Thru-Beam Sensors
Thru-Beam Standard Range 12
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-19.
1 For a complete system, order one sensor and one detector.
2 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range
Sensing
Beam
Thru-Beam
Component Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc 200 ft
(61m)
0.1 to 100 ft
(0.03 to 31m)
Infrared Source N/A N/A 6 ft cable 1150E-6517
Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA no 1250E-6517
yes 1250E-8517
Source N/A N/A 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1150E-6547
Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA no 1250E-6547
yes 1250E-8547
Source N/A N/A 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1150E-6537
Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA no 1250E-6537
yes 1250E-8537
Source N/A N/A 4-pin mini-
connector
1150E-6507
Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA no 1250E-6507
yes 1250E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
200 ft
(61m)
0.1 to 100 ft
(0.03 to 31m)
Infrared Source N/A N/A 6 ft cable 1150E-6513
Detector Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 1250E-6513
yes 1250E-8513
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 1250E-6514
yes 1250E-8514
Source N/A N/A 4-pin micro-
connector
1150E-6543
Detector Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 1250E-6543
yes 1250E-8543
Source N/A N/A 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1150E-6534
Detector Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 1250E-6533
yes 1250E-8533
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1250E-6534
yes 1250E-8534
Source N/A N/A 4-pin mini-
connector
1150E-6504
Detector Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 1250E-6503
yes 1250E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 5-pin mini-
connector
1250E-6504
yes 1250E-8504
Field of View: 2.4°
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-11
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Thru-Beam Extended Range 12
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-19.
1 For a complete system, order one sensor and one detector.
2 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range
Sensing
Beam
Thru-Beam
Component Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc 500 ft
(152m)
0.1 to 250 ft
(0.03 to 77m)
Infrared Source N/A N/A 6 ft cable 1151E-6517
Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA no 1251E-6517
yes 1251E-8517
Source N/A N/A 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1151E-6547
Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA no 1251E-6547
yes 1251E-8547
Source N/A N/A 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1151E-6537
Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA no 1251E-6537
yes 1251E-8537
Source N/A N/A 4-pin mini-
connector
1151E-6507
Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA no 1251E-6507
yes 1251E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
500 ft
(152m)
0.1 to 250 ft
(0.03 to 77m)
Infrared Source N/A N/A 6 ft cable 1151E-6513
Detector Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 1251E-6513
yes 1251E-8513
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 1251E-6514
yes 1251E-8514
Source N/A N/A 4-pin micro-
connector
1151E-6543
Detector Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 1251E-6543
yes 1251E-8543
Source N/A N/A 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1151E-6534
Detector Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 1251E-6533
yes 1251E-8533
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1251E-6534
yes 1251E-8534
Source N/A N/A 4-pin mini-
connector
1151E-6504
Detector Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 1251E-6503
yes1251E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 5-pin mini-
connector
1251E-6504
yes 1251E-8504
Field of View: 2.4°
V8-T5-12 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Reflex Sensors
Standard Reflex 12
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-19.
1 For a complete system, order one sensor and one retroreflector (see Tab 8, section 8.1).
2 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
3 Ranges based on 3 in retroreflector for reflex sensors.
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range 3
Optimum
Range 3
Sensing
Beam Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc 30 ft (9m) 0.5 to 15 ft
(0.2 to 4.6m)
Visible red NPN/PNP 250 mA no 6 ft cable 1450E-6517
yes 1450E-8517
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1450E-6547
yes 1450E-8547
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1450E-6537
yes 1450E-8537
no 4-pin mini-connector 1450E-6507
yes 1450E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
30 ft (9m) 0.5 to 15 ft
(0.2 to 4.6m)
Visible red Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 6 ft cable 1450E-6513
yes 1450E-8513
no 4-pin micro-connector 1450E-6543
yes 1450E-8543
no 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1450E-6533
yes 1450E-8533
no 4-pin mini-connector 1450E-6503
yes 1450E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 6 ft cable 1450E-6514
yes 1450E-8514
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1450E-6534
yes 1450E-8534
no 5-pin mini-connector 1450E-6504
yes 1450E-8504
Field of View: 1.0°
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-13
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Polarized Reflex 123
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-19.
1 For a complete system, order one sensor and one retroreflector (see Tab 8, section 8.1).
2 Polarized sensors may not operate with reflective tape. Test tape selection before installation.
3 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
4 Ranges based on 3 in retroreflector for reflex sensors.
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range 4
Optimum
Range 4
Sensing
Beam Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc 16 ft (4.9m) 0.5 to 8 ft
(0.2 to 2.5m)
Visible red NPN/PNP 250 mA no 6 ft cable 1451E-6517
yes 1451E-8517
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1451E-6547
yes 1451E-8547
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1451E-6537
yes 1451E-8537
no 4-pin mini-connector 1451E-6507
yes 1451E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
16 ft (4.9m) 0.5 to 8 ft
(0.2 to 2.5m)
Visible red Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 6 ft cable 1451E-6513
yes 1451E-8513
no 4-pin micro-connector 1451E-6543
yes 1451E-8543
no 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1451E-6533
yes 1451E-8533
no 4-pin mini-connector 1451E-6503
yes 1451E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 6 ft cable 1451E-6514
yes 1451E-8514
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1451E-6534
yes 1451E-8534
no 5-pin mini-connector 1451E-6504
yes 1451E-8504
Field of View: 1.0°
V8-T5-14 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Diffuse Sensors
Diffuse Reflective 1
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-19.
1 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
2 Ranges based on 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective sensors.
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range 2
Optimum
Range 2
Sensing
Beam Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc 5 ft (1.5m) 1 to 30 in
(25 to 760 mm)
Infrared NPN/PNP 250 mA no 6 ft cable 1350E-6517
yes 1350E-8517
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1350E-6547
yes 1350E-8547
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1350E-6537
yes 1350E-8537
no 4-pin mini-connector 1350E-6507
yes 1350E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
5 ft (1.5m) 1 to 30 in
(25 to 760 mm)
Infrared Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 6 ft cable 1350E-6513
yes 1350E-8513
no 4-pin micro-connector 1350E-6543
yes 1350E-8543
no 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1350E-6533
yes 1350E-8533
no 4-pin mini-connector 1350E-6503
yes 1350E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 6 ft cable 1350E-6514
yes 1350E-8514
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1350E-6534
yes 1350E-8534
no 5-pin mini-connector 1350E-6504
yes 1350E-8504
Field of View: 2.8°
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-15
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Diffuse Reflective Extended Range 1
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-19.
1 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
2 Ranges based on 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective sensors.
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range 2
Optimum
Range 2
Sensing
Beam Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc 10 ft (3m) 1 to 60 in
(25 to 1520 mm)
Infrared NPN/PNP 250 mA no 6 ft cable 1351E-6517
yes 1351E-8517
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1351E-6547
yes 1351E-8547
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1351E-6537
yes 1351E-8537
no 4-pin mini-connector 1351E-6507
yes 1351E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
10 ft (3m) 1 to 60 in
(25 to 1520 mm)
Infrared Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 6 ft cable 1351E-6513
yes 1351E-8513
no 4-pin micro-connector 1351E-6543
yes 1351E-8543
no 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1351E-6533
yes 1351E-8533
no 4-pin mini-connector 1351E-6503
yes 1351E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 6 ft cable 1351E-6514
yes 1351E-8514
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1351E-6534
yes 1351E-8534
no 5-pin mini-connector 1351E-6504
yes 1351E-8504
Field of View: 2.8°
V8-T5-16 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Clear Object Sensors
Clear Object Detector 12
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Pages V8-T5-19 and V8-T5-20.
1 For a complete system, order one sensor and one retroreflector (see Tab 8, section 8.1).
2 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range
Sensing
Beam Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc 45 in (1.2m) 1 to 24 in
(25 to 610 mm)
Visible red NPN/PNP 250 mA no 6 ft cable 1452E-6517
yes 1452E-8517
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1452E-6547
yes 1452E-8547
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1452E-6537
yes 1452E-8537
no 4-pin mini-connector 1452E-6507
yes 1452E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
45 in (1.2m) 1 to 24 in
(25 to 610 mm)
Visible red Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 6 ft cable 1452E-6513
yes 1452E-8513
no 4-pin micro-connector 1452E-6543
yes 1452E-8543
no 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1452E-6533
yes 1452E-8533
no 4-pin mini-connector 1452E-6503
yes 1452E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 6 ft cable 1452E-6514
yes 1452E-8514
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1452E-6534
yes 1452E-8534
no 5-pin mini-connector 1452E-6504
yes 1452E-8504
Field of View: 0.68°
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-17
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Fiber Optic Sensors
Fiber Optic Infrared 1
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Pages V8-T5-19 and V8-T5-20.
1 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
2 Field of view depends on fiber selected.
3 For a complete system, order one sensor and one fiber optic cable (see Pages V8-T5-19 and V8-T5-20).
4 Infrared fiber optic sensors are compatible with glass fiber optic cables (E51KE_).
5 Diffuse mode—up to 6 in (152 mm); thru-beam—up to 35 in (890 mm).
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range
Sensing
Beam Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc Depends on fiber
selected 5
Depends on fiber
selected
Infrared NPN/PNP 250 mA no 6 ft cable 1550E-6517
yes 1550E-8517
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1550E-6547
yes 1550E-8547
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1550E-6537
yes 1550E-8537
no 4-pin mini-connector 1550E-6507
yes 1550E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
Depends on fiber
selected 5
Depends on fiber
selected
Infrared Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 6 ft cable 1550E-6513
yes 1550E-8513
no 4-pin micro-connector 1550E-6543
yes 1550E-8543
no 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1550E-6533
yes 1550E-8533
no 4-pin mini-connector 1550E-6503
yes 1550E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 6 ft cable 1550E-6514
yes 1550E-8514
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1550E-6534
yes 1550E-8534
no 5-pin mini-connector 1550E-6504
yes 1550E-8504
Field of View: 234
V8-T5-18 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Fiber Optic Visible 1
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-19.
1 For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page V8-T5-21.
2 Field of view depends on fiber selected.
3 For a complete system, order one sensor and one fiber optic cable (see Page V8-T5-20).
4 Visible fiber optic sensors are compatible with plastic fiber optic cables only.
5 Diffuse mode—up to 3 in (76 mm); thru-beam—up to 35 in (890 mm).
Voltage
Range
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range
Sensing
Beam Output Type
Time
Delay
Connection
Type Catalog Number
10–40 Vdc Depends on fiber
selected 5
Depends on fiber
selected
Infrared NPN/PNP 250 mA no 6 ft cable 1551E-6517
yes 1551E-8517
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector
1551E-6547
yes 1551E-8547
no 4-pin Euro (micro)
connector (pigtail)
1551E-6537
yes 1551E-8537
no 4-pin mini-connector 1551E-6507
yes 1551E-8507
12–240 Vdc
24–240 Vac
Depends on fiber
selected 5
Depends on fiber
selected
Infrared Isolated output
solid-state relay
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc
no 6 ft cable 1551E-6513
yes 1551E-8513
no 4-pin micro-connector 1551E-6543
yes 1551E-8543
no 4-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1551E-6533
yes 1551E-8533
no 4-pin mini-connector 1551E-6503
yes 1551E-8503
SPDT EM relay
3A at 120 Vac
no 6 ft cable 1551E-6514
yes 1551E-8514
no 5-pin micro-
connector (pigtail)
1551E-6534
yes 1551E-8534
no 5-pin mini-connector 1551E-6504
yes 1551E-8504
Field of View: 234
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-19
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables—Micro 1
Standard Cables—Mini 1
Note
1 For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC Jacket
Catalog Number
PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
IRR PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
Micro-Style, Straight Female
AC Micro 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202
5-pin,
5-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS5A5CY2202 — —
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
Current
Rating
at 600V
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown) Catalog Number
Mini-Style, Straight Female
8A AC/DC 4-pin,
4-wire
16 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSMS4A4CY1602
5-pin,
5-wire
16 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSMS5A5CY1602
Micro-Style,
Straight Female
2-Red/White
3-Red
4-Green
1-Red/Black
1-Brown
2-White
3-Black
4-Gray
5-Blue
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
Mini-Style,
Straight Female
1-Black
2-Blue
3-Brown
4-White
1-Black
2-Blue
3-Orange
4-Brown
5-White
V8-T5-20 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Fiber Optic Cables
Glass Fiber Optic Cables
Glass Fiber Optic Cables—Duplex Cables
(for Diffuse Reflective Sensing)
Glass Fiber Optic Cables—Single Cables
(for Thru-Beam Sensing)
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables—
Pre-Assembled Duplex Cables
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables—
Pre-Assembled Single Cables
Notes
1 Larger diameter (1.5 mm) fibers provide approximately 50% longer sensing range than small diameter (1 mm).
2 One cable.
3 Set of two.
Fiber Bundle
Size A
in In (mm)
Stainless Steel
Jacket
Catalog Number
PVC/Monocoil
Jacket
Catalog Number
Forward Viewing, Unthreaded
0.125 (3.2) E51KE713 E51KE313
Right Angle Viewing, Unthreaded
0.125 (3.2) E51KE733 E51KE333
Forward Viewing, Threaded Cable End
0.125 (3.2) E51KE723 E51KE323
Right Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable Shaft
0.125 (3.2) E51KE7A3 E51KE3A3
Right Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable End
0.125 (3.2) E51KE7B3 E51KE3B3
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-25.
Sensing Tip Style
Forward Viewing,
Unthreaded
Right Angle Viewing,
Unthreaded
Forward Viewing,
Threaded Cable End
Right Angle Viewing,
Threaded Cable Shaft
Right Angle Viewing,
Threaded Cable End
Fiber Bundle
Size A
in In (mm)
Stainless Steel
Jacket
Catalog Number
PVC/Monocoil
Jacket
Catalog Number
Forward Viewing, Unthreaded
0.125 (3.2) E51KE813 E51KE413
Right Angle Viewing, Unthreaded
0.125 (3.2) E51KE833 E51KE433
Forward Viewing, Threaded Cable End
0.125 (3.2) E51KE823 E51KE423
Right Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable Shaft
0.125 (3.2) E51KE8A3 E51KE4A3
Right Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable End
0.125 (3.2) E51KE8B3 E51KE4B3
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-25.
Sensing Tip Style
Forward Viewing,
Unthreaded
Right Angle Viewing,
Unthreaded
Forward Viewing,
Threaded Cable End
Right Angle Viewing,
Threaded Cable Shaft
Right Angle Viewing,
Threaded Cable End
Fiber Diameter
in In (mm) Catalog Number
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip
0.059 (1.5) 6324E-6501 12
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe
0.039 (1.0) 6324E-6502 2
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-25.
Sensing Tip Style
Large Diameter,
Threaded Tip
Large Diameter,
Threaded Tip with
Bendable Probe
Fiber Diameter
in In (mm) Catalog Number
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip
0.059 (1.5) 6323E-6501 13
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe
0.039 (1.0) 6323E-6502 3
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-25.
Sensing Tip Style
Large Diameter,
Threaded Tip
Large Diameter,
Threaded Tip with
Bendable Probe
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-21
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Accessories
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Description Catalog Number
Mounting Bracket Right Angle—Short
Provides for full 360° rotation of sensor.
Bracket slots allow for up to 1.5 in of vertical adjustment. Nickel plated
6150E-6501
Mounting Bracket Right Angle—Tall
Provides for full 360° rotation of sensor.
Bracket slots allow for up to 1.5 in of vertical adjustment in each slot, and 3.5 in
of overall positioning adjustment.
6150E-6502
Mounting Bracket Right Angle—Ball Swivel
Provides for full 360° rotation of sensor. Ball swivel allows for ±30° sensor angle. 6150E-6503
Retroreflectors
Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape, see Tab 8, section 8.1 —
Connector Cables
For use with connector version sensors, see Tab 10, section 10.1 —
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-25.
Description
AC/DC
EM Relay Model
Specification
AC/DC
Solid-state Relay Model
Specification
DC Only
Standard Range Model
Specification
DC Only
Extended Range Model
Specification
Input voltage 12–240 Vdc; 24–240 Vac 12–240 Vdc; 24–240 Vac 10–40 Vdc 10–40 Vdc
Light/dark operation Switch selectable Switch selectable Switch selectable Switch selectable
Operating temperature –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C) –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C) –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C) –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C)
Humidity 95% Relative humidity, non-condensing 95% Relative humidity, non-condensing 95% Relative humidity, non-condensing 95% Relative humidity, non-condensing
Case material Fiberglass reinforced plastic Fiberglass reinforced plastic Fiberglass reinforced plastic Fiberglass reinforced plastic
Lens material Acrylic Acrylic Acrylic Acrylic
Vibration IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.2 IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.2 IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.2 IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.2
Shock IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.1 IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.1 IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.1 IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.1
Protection Output short circuit and
overcurrent protection
Reverse polarity protection
Output short circuit and
overcurrent protection
Reverse polarity protection
Output short circuit and
overcurrent protection
Reverse polarity protection
Output short circuit and
overcurrent protection
Reverse polarity protection
Enclosure ratings IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K
Output load 3A at 120 Vac; 3A at 240 Vac
3A at 28 Vac
300 mA at 240 Vac/dc 250 mA at 40 Vdc 250 mA at 40 Vdc
Response time 15 ms 2 ms 2 ms 2 ms
Timer timing response 0–15 sec. 0–15 sec. 0–15 sec. 0–15 sec.
No load current <30 mA <30 mA <30 mA <30 mA
Leakage current (max.) — 1 mA at 240 Vac <10 μA <10 μA
Indicator LEDs Green: output; yellow: power;
red: alignment
Green: output; yellow: power;
red: alignment
Green: output; yellow: power;
red: alignment
Green: output; yellow: power;
red: alignment
Emitter LED
Diffuse, infrared fiber
optic, thru-beam models
Infrared 880 mm Infrared 880 mm Infrared 880 mm Infrared 880 mm
Reflex, polarized reflex,
clear object, visible fiber
optic units
Visible red 660 mm Visible red 660 mm Visible red 660 mm Visible red 660 mm
Mounting Bracket
Right Angle—Short
Mounting Bracket
Right Angle—Tall
Mounting Bracket
Right Angle—
Ball Swivel
V8-T5-22 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Excess Gain
Thru-Beam
Thru-beam
1. 1151E/1251E
2. 1150E/1250E
Diffuse Reflective
Diffuse reflective
90% reflectance white card
1. 1351E
2. 1350E
Reflex
Reflex
3 in retroreflector
1. 1450E
2. 1451E
Clear Object Detector
Clear object detector
3 in retroreflector
1. 1452E
Fiber Optic Diffuse
Fiber optic diffuse
0.125 in dia. glass fiber 0.040 in dia. plastic fiber
1. 1550E 2. 1551E
Fiber Optic Thru-Beam
Fiber optic thru-beam
0.125 in dia. glass fiber 0.040 in dia. plastic fiber
1. 1550E 2. 1551E
10
1
1
0.3
10 1000
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (m)
EXCESS GAIN
100
1000
30.5 5030.3
100
1
2
10
1
10.1
0.254
10 1000
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (cm)
EXCESS GAIN
100
1000
25.4 045245.2
100
254
1
23
4
10
1
10.1
0.254
10 1000
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (cm)
EXCESS GAIN
100
1000
25.4 045245.2
100
254
1
2
10
1
0.1
0.254
11000
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (cm)
EXCESS GAIN
100
25.4 254 045245.2
10 100
1
2
1
1
2.54
100
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (cm)
EXCESS GAIN
10
4524.52
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.254
1100
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (cm)
EXCESS GAIN
100
1000
25.4 452254045.2
10
12
10
1
0.1
0.254
1100
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (cm)
EXCESS GAIN
100
1000
25.4 452254045.2
10
1
2
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-23
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Notes
1Connecting the test input to 0 Vdc allows you to switch the light source off for troubleshooting while leaving the sensor under power.
2Over current protection is to be provided in the field. Conductor size for 20 AWG: 5 amp; 22 AWG: 3 amp; 24 AWG: 2 amp.
3Connect load to appropriate output for either sinking or sourcing operation.
Operating
Voltage Cable Model
Mini-Connector Model
(Face View Male Shown)
Micro-Connector Model
(Face View Male Shown)
Thru-Beam Source
10–40 Vdc
All Others
10–40 Vdc
Thru-Beam Source
12–240 Vdc or 24–240 Vac
solid-state relay 2
All Others with Isolated AC/DC Output
12–240 Vdc or 24–240 Vac
solid-state relay 2
Thru-Beam Source
12–240 Vdc or 24–240 Vac
SPDT EM relay 2
All Others
12–240 Vdc or 24–240 Vac
SPDT EM relay 2
BU
BR
BK
Test In
(+)
(
–
) OV
1
Test In
(
–
) OV
(+)
Test In
(
–
) OV
(+)
BU
WH NPN
PNP (
–
) OV
BK
BN (+)
Load
Load
(+)
(
–
) OV
PNP
NPN
Load
Load
(+)
(
–
) OV
PNP
NPN
Load
Load
BU
BR L1 (+)
L2 (
–
)
L2 (
–
)
L1 (+) L1 (+)
L2 (–)
BU
BK
WH
BR L1 (+)
L2 (
–
)
Isolated
AC/DC Output
3
L2 (
–
)
L1 (+)
Isolated
AC/DC Output
3
L1 (+)
L2 (
–
)
Isolated
AC/DC
Output
3
BU
BR L1 (+)
L2 (
–
)
L2 (
–
)
L1 (+) L1 (+)
L2 (–)
BU
OR
BK
BR
WH N.C.
COM
N.O.
L2 (
–
)
L1 (+) L1 (+)
COM
N.O. N.C.
L2 (
–
)
L1 (+)
L2 (
–
)
COM
N.O. N.C.
V8-T5-24 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Cable and Pigtail Connector Versions
Clear Object Versions
Mini-Connector Versions
AC/DC Micro or Euro (Micro) Connector Versions
Top Views
With Timing Without Timing
2.87
(73)
1.81
(46)
0.59
(15)
1.42
(36)
1.91
(48.5)
0.26 (6.5)
Dia.
0.21 (5.2) x 0.32 (8.1)
Slot – 2 Places
0.31
(8)
0.16
(4)
2.87
(73)
1.81
(46) 1.42
(36)
3.13
(79.5)
D.O L.O
SENS
MIN MAX
2.89
(73)
3.13
(79.5)
1.50
(38)
0.31
(8)
0.16
(4)
2.87
(73)
1.81
(46)
0.59 (15)
0.70
(17.78)
1.42
(36)
1.91
(48.5)
0.21 (5.2) x 0.32 (8.1)
Slot – 2 Places
0.31
(8)
0.16
(4)
2.87
(73)
1.81
(46)
0.59 (15)
0.55
(13.97)
1.42
(36)
1.91
(48.5)
0.21 (5.2) x 0.32 (8.1)
Slot – 2 Places
0.31
(8)
0.16
(4)
T/D L L
ONE
SHOT
S
OUT
S
ON OFF
D.O L.O
DELAY OFF
DELAY ON
0 15 Sec
0 15 Sec
SENS
MIN MAX
Red:
Alignment Yellow:
Power
D.O L.O
SENS
MIN MAX
Green:
Output
Red:
Alignment Yellow:
Power
Green:
Output
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-25
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Glass Fiber Optic Cables—Duplex Cables
Stainless Steel Jacket shown for all.
Collar Mounting End
Forward Viewing, Unthreaded
Right Angle Viewing, Unthreaded
Forward Viewing, Threaded Cable End
Right Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable Shaft
Right Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable End
Glass Fiber Optic Cables—Single Cables
Stainless Steel Jacket shown for all.
Collar Mounting End
Forward Viewing, Unthreaded
Right Angle Viewing, Unthreaded
Forward Viewing, Threaded Cable End
Right Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable Shaft
Right Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable End
36
(914)
øA
0.187
(4.7)
7.5
(190)
0.50 (13)
0.50
(13)
0.187 (4.7)
36
(914)
øA
0.82 (21)
0.187
(4.7)
7.5
(190)
R 0.50
(13)
1.00
(25)
0.50
(13)
0.187 (4.7)
36
(914)
5/16-24
UNF-2ATHD
7.5
(190)
1.50
(38)
øA
0.50
(13)
0.187 (4.7)
36
(914)
0.82
(21)
5/16-24
UNF-2ATHD
7.5
(190)
R 0.50
(13)
1.00
(25)
1.50
(38)
øA
0.187
(4.7)
0.50
(13)
0.187 (4.7)
36
(914)
øA
0.82 (21)
5/16-24 UNF-2A THD
7.5
(190)
R 0.50
(13)
1.00
(25)
0.50
(13) 1.50 (38)
0.187 (4.7)
36
(914)
øA
0.187
(4.7)
0.50 (13)
0.187 (4.7)
0.50 (13)
36
(914)
øA
0.82 (21)
0.187
(4.7)
R 0.50
(13)
1.00
(25)
0.187 (4.7)
0.50 (13)
36
(914)
5/16-24
UNF-2ATHD
1.50
(38)
øA
0.187 (4.7)
0.50 (13)
36
(914)
0.82 (21)
5/16-24
UNF-2ATHD R 0.50
(13)
1.00
(25)
1.50
(38)
øA
0.187
(4.7)
0.187 (4.7)
0.50 (13)
36
(914)
øA
0.82 (21)
5/16-24 UNF-2ATHD
R 0.50
(13)
1.00
(25)
1.50 (38)
0.187 (4.7)
0.50 (13)
V8-T5-26 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Photoelectric Sensors
Enhanced 50 Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables—Pre-Assembled Duplex Cables
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables—Pre-Assembled Single Cables
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe
Accessories
Mounting Bracket Right Angle—Short
Mounting Bracket Right Angle—Tall
Mounting Bracket Right Angle—Ball Swivel
0.087 (2.2) Dia.
78 (2000) 0.059
(1.5) Fiber Dia. X2
0.575
(14.6)
M6X0.75
0.087 (2.2) Dia.
78 (2000) 0.039
(1.0) Fiber Dia. X2
M6X0.75
0.590
(15)
3.54
(90.0)
0.100 (2.5) Dia.
0.14 (3.6)
0.200 (5.1)
0.059
(1.5) Fiber Dia. X2
0.087 (2.2) Dia.
0.57
(14.5)
78 (2000)
M4X0.7
0.20 (5.0)
0.039
(1.0) Fiber Dia. X2
M4X0.7
0.087 (2.2) Dia.
78 (2000)
0.068 (1.6) Dia.
0.47
(12)
3.54
(90.0)
0.2 (5)
2.65
(67.3)
1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
1.90
(48.3)
0.75
(19.0)
2.37
(60.2)
0.28 (7.1)
2.00 (50.8)
0.28
(7.1)
1.20
(30.5)
Dia.
1.20 (30.5) Dia.
2.00 (50.8) Dia.
2.80
(71.1)
0.08
(2.0)
90°
90°
45°
0.28
(7.1)
1.43
(36.3)
3.05
(77.5)
0.75
(19.0)
1.20
(30.5)
Dia.
2.00 (50.8)
4.7
(119.4)
2.65
(67.3 )
1.25
(31.8)
0.08
(2.0)
90°
0.30 (7.6)
2.80 (71.1)
2.60
(66.0)
0.50
(12.7)
1.10
(27.9)Thread
M30 x 0.06 (1.5)
0.80 (20.3)
1.13 (28.6)
90°
2.00
(50.8)
1.15
(29.2)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-27
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.2
Photoelectric Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
NanoView Series Sensors
Product Selection
NanoView Series Sensors—
Four-Wire Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-28
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-29
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-29
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-30
Detection Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-30
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-31
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-32
NanoView Series Sensors
Product Description
The NanoView™ Series from
Eaton is a family of miniature
rectangular photoelectric
sensors designed for
optimum value and sensing
performance in a wide range
of applications.
These small sensors are
available in a variety of optical
modes: polarized reflex;
diffuse reflective; fixed-focus
diffuse; thru-beam with
narrow-beam option; and
even a clear object detector.
NanoView sensors are
housed in ABS enclosures
rated IP66 or better. Two top-
mounted indicator LEDs
communicate power and
output status. Each model
includes both light operate
and dark operate modes.
Termination options include a
4-pin M8 connector cable or a
built-in 6 ft (2m) cable.
NanoView is the ultimate
solution to sensing
challenges that require
reduced dimensions and
costs.
Features
●A Complete Family of
Solutions—Models include
an 8.2 ft (2.5m) polarized
reflex, a 13 in (35 cm)
diffuse reflective, a 4 in
(10 cm) fixed-focus diffuse,
a 20 ft (6m) thru-beam;
and a 2.6 ft (80 cm) clear
object detector for sensing
plastic bottles, molds,
cartons and films
●Small Size—At less than
1.5 in long and half an in
deep, NanoView can fit
into the smallest of spaces
●Fixed Focus Diffuse
Models—Perfect for
sensing very small targets
at a 4-in focal point. A
visible red LED beam
makes it easy to set up
●Clear Object Detection
Models—Ideal for sensing
plastic bottles, molds,
cartons, films and glass
objects
Standards and Certifications
●UL Listed
●cUL Listed
●CE Approved
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
V8-T5-28 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.2
Photoelectric Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors
Product Selection
NanoView Series Sensors—Four-Wire Sensors
Note
1 For compatible connector cables, see Page V8-T5-29.
Voltage Range Sensing Mode Sensing Range Output Type Connection Type Catalog Number
Thru-Beam
10–30 Vdc Thru-beam detector 19 ft (6m) NPN, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-TBRN-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-TBRN-M8
PNP, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-TBRP-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-TBRP-M8
Thru-beam source 19 ft (6m) N/A 6 ft cable E71-TBS-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-TBS-M8
Narrow beam
Thru-beam source
4.9 ft (1.5m) N/A 6 ft cable E71-NTBS-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-NTBS-M8
Polarized Reflex
10–30 Vdc Polarized reflex 8.2 ft (2.5m) NPN, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-PRN-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-PRN-M8
PNP, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-PRP-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-PRP-M8
Diffuse Reflective
10–30 Vdc Diffuse reflective 13.8 in (35 cm) NPN, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-SDN-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-SDN-M8
PNP, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-SDP-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-SDP-M8
Fixed Focus Diffuse Reflective
10–30 Vdc Fixed-focus
Diffuse reflective
3.9 in (10 cm)
focal point
NPN, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-FFDN-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-FFDN-M8
PNP, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-FFDP-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-FFDP-M8
Clear Object Detector
10–30 Vdc Clear object detector 31.5 in (80 cm) NPN, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-CON-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-CON-M8
PNP, light operate or
dark operate (selectable)
6 ft cable E71-COP-CA
4-pin nano-connector 1E71-COP-M8
Thru-Beam
Polarized Reflex
Diffuse Reflective
Fixed Focus
Diffuse Reflective
Clear Object Detector
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-29
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.2
Photoelectric Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables—Nano 1
Accessories
NanoView Series Sensors
Note
1 For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC Yellow Jacket
Catalog Number
Nano-Connector Cable, Straight Female
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
24 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSNS4A4CY2402
16.4 ft (5m) CSNS4A4CY2405
32.8 ft (10m) CSNS4A4CY2410
Nano-Connector Cable, Right Angle Female
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
24 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSNR4A4CY2402
16.4 ft (5m) CSNR4A4CY2405
32.8 ft (10m) CSNR4A4CY2410
Description Catalog Number
Mounting Bracket
L-shaped mounting bracket for NanoView sensors E71-MTB1
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-32.
M8 Nano-Connector,
Straight Female
M8 Nano-Connector,
Right Angle Female
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
4
31
2
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
4
31
2
Mounting Bracket
V8-T5-30 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.2
Photoelectric Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
NanoView Series Sensors
Detection Diagrams
Thru-Beam Models
E71-N E71-T
Description
For E71-T/N
(Thru-Beam)
Specification
For E71-P
(Polarized Reflex)
Specification
For E71-S
(Diffuse Reflective)
Specification
For E71-F
(Fixed Focus Diffuse)
Specification
For E71-C
(Clear Object Detector)
Specification
Input voltage 10–30 Vdc 10–30 Vdc 10–30 Vdc 10–30 Vdc 10–30 Vdc
Current consumption
(Output current excluded)
35 mA max. 35 mA max. 35 mA max. 35 mA max. 35 mA max.
Outputs Light operate and dark operate;
PNP or NPN by model;
30 Vdc max.
Light operate and dark operate;
PNP or NPN by model;
30 Vdc max.
Light operate and dark operate;
PNP or NPN by model;
30 Vdc max.
Light operate and dark operate;
PNP or NPN by model;
30 Vdc max.
Light operate and dark operate;
PNP or NPN by model;
30 Vdc max.
Output current 100 mA max. 100 mA max. 100 mA max. 100 mA max. 100 mA max.
Output saturation voltage 2V max. 2V max. 2V max. 2V max. 2V max.
Electrical protection Short circuit and reverse
polarity protection
Short circuit and reverse
polarity protection
Short circuit and reverse
polarity protection
Short circuit and reverse
polarity protection
Short circuit and reverse
polarity protection
Response time 1 ms max. 1 ms max. 1 ms max. 1 ms max. 1 ms max.
Switching frequency 500 Hz max. 500 Hz max. 500 Hz max. 500 Hz max. 500 Hz max.
Indicator LEDs Output LED (yellow), stability
LED (green), power LED (green)
Output LED (yellow), stability
LED (green), power LED (green)
Output LED (yellow), stability
LED (green), power LED (green)
Output LED (yellow), stability
LED (green), power LED (green)
Output LED (yellow), stability
LED (green), power LED (green)
Sensing adjustment None Adjustment pot Adjustment pot None Adjustment pot
Temperature range
Operating –25° to 55°C (–13° to 131°F) –25° to 55°C (–13° to 131°F) –25° to 55°C (–13° to 131°F) –25° to 55°C (–13° to 131°F) –25° to 55°C (–13° to 131°F)
Storage –25° to 70°C (–13° to 158°F) –25° to 70°C (–13° to 158°F) –25° to 70°C (–13° to 158°F) –25° to 70°C (–13° to 158°F) –25° to 70°C (–13° to 158°F)
Sensing range Standard beam: 19.7 ft (6.0m)
Narrow beam: 4.9 ft (1.5m)
8.2 ft (2.5m) 13.8 in (35 cm) 3.9 in (10 cm) 31.5 in (80 cm)
Beam type Infrared LED (880 nm) Visible red LED (660 nm) Infrared LED (880 nm) Visible red LED (660 nm) Visible red LED (660 nm)
Vibration and shock Vibration: 0.5 mm amplitude,
10–55 Hz for every axis
(EN60068-2-6);
Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Vibration: 0.5 mm amplitude,
10–55 Hz for every axis
(EN60068-2-6);
Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Vibration: 0.5 mm amplitude,
10–55 Hz for every axis
(EN60068-2-6);
Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Vibration: 0.5 mm amplitude,
10–55 Hz for every axis
(EN60068-2-6);
Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Vibration: 0.5 mm amplitude,
10–55 Hz for every axis
(EN60068-2-6);
Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Housing material ABS UL 94V-0 ABS UL 94V-0 ABS UL 94V-0 ABS UL 94V-0 ABS UL 94V-0
Lens material PMMA PMMA PMMA PMMA PMMA
Mechanical protection IP67 IP66 IP66 IP67 IP66
Connections M8 4-pin nano-connector;
6 ft (2m) cable
M8 4-pin nano-connector;
6 ft (2m) cable
M8 4-pin nano-connector;
6 ft (2m) cable
M8 4-pin nano-connector;
6 ft (2m) cable
M8 4-pin nano-connector;
6 ft (2m) cable
Weight Connector models: 40g max.
Cable models: 10g max.
Connector models: 40g max.
Cable models: 10g max.
Connector models: 40g max.
Cable models: 10g max.
Connector models: 40g max.
Cable models: 10g max.
Connector models: 40g max.
Cable models: 10g max.
cm
m
2
1
0
-1
-2
012
Sensing Distance
Variance
cm
m
12
9
6
3
0
-3
-6
-9
-12
01 23 45 6
Sensing Distance
Variance
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-31
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.2
Photoelectric Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors
Polarized Reflex Models
E71-P
Diffuse Reflective Models
E71-S 1
Fixed Focus Diffuse Models
E71-F 1
Clear Object Detector Models
E71-C
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
NanoView Series Sensors
Note
1These diagrams depict the width of the sensing beam over distance. These diagrams also show the sensing difference between white
and gray targets. Because gray is less reflective than white, gray targets will typically need to come closer to the beam centerpoint
to be detected.
R5R2
cm
m
4
2
0
-2
-4
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Sensing Distance
Variance
Gray R18%
White R90%
mm
cm
20
15
10
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Sensing Distance
Variance
Gray R18% White R90%
mm
cm
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
01234567891011121314
Sensing Distance
Variance
R5R2
cm
m
1.2
0.8
0.4
0
-0.4
-0.8
-1.2
0 0.5 1 1.5
Sensing Distance
Variance
Model
Nano-Connector Diagram
(Face View Male Shown) Cable Diagram
All NPN models except
thru-beam source
All PNP models except
thru-beam source
All thru-beam source models
24
13
(+) (–)
LOAD
N.C.
N.O.
WH
BK
BL
BR
LOAD
BN
WH
BK
BL
(+)
(–)
LOAD
LOAD
N.C.
N.O.
24
13
(+) (–)
LOAD
N.C.
N.O.
WH
BK
BL
BR
LOAD
BN
WH
BK
BL
(+)
(–)
LOAD
LOAD
N.C.
N.O.
24
13
(+) (–)
BL
BR
BN
BL
(+)
(–)
V8-T5-32 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.2
Photoelectric Sensors
NanoView Series Sensors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Cable Models Nano-Connector Models
Accessories
E71-MTB1—Mounting Bracket
Output LED
Adjustment Pot (E71-P/S/C)
Power On LED
Stability LED
0.94
(24.0)
0.17
(4.2)
0.13
(3.2)
0.16
(4.0)
0.10
(2.6)
0.79
(20.0)
0.42
(10.7)
0.47
(12.0)
0.20
(5.0)
ø0.15
(ø3.7)
1.26
(32.0)
0.94
(24.0)
0.17
(4.2)
0.13
(3.2)
Adjustment Pot (E71-P/S/C)
Power On LED
Stability LED
Output LED
0.16
(4.0)
0.10
(2.6)
0.79
(20.0)
0.42
(10.7)
0.47
(12.0)
1.26
(32.0) 0.15
(3.8)
M8
0.17
(4.2) 0.54
(13.8)
1.34
(34.0)
0.47
(12.0)
0.47
(12.0)
0.04
(1.0)
0.04
(1.0)
0.04
(1.0)
0.17
(4.2)
0.75
(19.0)
0.47
(12.0)
0.54
(13.8) 0.17
(4.2)
0.17
(4.2)
0.75
(19.0)
0.47
(12.0)
0.12
(3.0)
0.12
(3.0)
0.16
(4.0)
0.16
(4.0)
0.04
(1.0)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-33
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
IntelliView Series Sensors
Product Selection
Foreground/Background Sensing . . . . . . . . V8-T5-34
Distance Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-35
Color, Contrast and Luminescence Sensing V8-T5-37
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-38
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-38
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-39
Detection Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-42
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-43
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-44
IntelliView Series Sensors
Product Description
The IntelliView™ Series from
Eaton is a family of compact,
high performance specialty
photoelectric sensors
designed to solve a wide
array of sensing challenges.
IntelliView encompasses a
variety of new sensing
technologies: color, contrast
and luminescence sensing;
field-adjustable foreground
and background suppression
sensing; short-range distance
sensing with analog outputs;
and long-range, high-
precision laser distance
sensing with analog outputs.
To fit into your application,
IntelliView sensors are
available in industry-standard
M18 flat-tubular and compact
rectangular package sizes.
For ease of installation and
replacement, all models are
available with micro-
connectors.
Features
●New Sensing
Technologies—Now, Eaton
has solutions for sensing
color, contrast,
luminescence and distance
with great accuracy
●Small Size, Big Solutions—
IntelliView sensors come
in either compact
rectangular or flat-tubular
package sizes, both rugged
sealed enclosures
●Simple “Teach In”
Installation—Most models
include a teach mode,
allowing for quick and
simple installation and
setup
●Adjustable Background
Suppression—For the
first time, Eaton offers a
fully field-adjustable
background suppression
photoelectric sensor
capable of detecting
targets as far as 3.9 ft
(1.9m) away
●LED Indicators and
Pushbuttons—Multiple
LEDs communicate output
and power status while
built-in pushbuttons and
adjustment potentiometers
simplify the teaching of
sensor settings
Standards and Certifications
●UL Listed
●cUL Listed
●CE
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
V8-T5-34 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Product Selection
Overview—Foreground/Background Sensing
Adjustable Foreground/Background Suppression Models
●Ignores nuisance
foreground or background
objects
●Field-adjustable sensing
ranges
●Compact 50x50 mm
rectangular package size
●M12 micro-connector
termination with 90- and
180-degree rotation
options
●Sensing ranges up to
47.2 in (120 cm)
Foreground/Background Sensing Basics
Foreground/background suppression sensors allow the user to precisely set the minimum and
maximum detection distance. This allows detection of a target only when it is inside a given area,
avoiding the interference of objects lying before (foreground) and behind (background). This type of
sensor is ideal for suppressing the detection of box edges and bottoms, sending an output only
upon the presence of goods actually contained in the box.
Foreground/Background Sensing
Adjustable Foreground/Background Suppression
Note
1 For compatible connector cables, see Page V8-T5-38.
Voltage Range Output Type Connection Adjustable Sensing Range Catalog Number
Background Suppression Models
10–30 Vdc Light operate or dark
operate (selectable),
PNP
4-pin micro-
connector 1
3–10 cm (1.2–4.0 in) E75-PPA010P-M12
3–25 cm (1.2–9.8 in) E75-PPA025P-M12
10–50 cm (4.0–19.7 in) E75-PPA050P-M12
Extended Range Background Suppression Models
10–30 Vdc Light operate or dark
operate (selectable),
PNP
4-pin micro-
connector 1
6–120 cm (2.4–47.2 in) E75-PP1MP-M12
Foreground/Background Suppression Models
10–30 Vdc Light operate or dark
operate (selectable),
PNP
4-pin micro-
connector 1
Foreground:
5–20 cm (2.0–7.9 in)
Background:
12–110 cm (4.7–43.3 in)
E75-PPA110P-M12
Compact Rectangular
(50 x 50 x 18 mm)
Compact Rectangular
(50 x 50 x 18 mm)
Compact Rectangular
(50 x 50 x 18 mm)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-35
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Overview—Distance Sensing Models with Analog Outputs
Distance Sensing Models with Analog Outputs
●When within the effective
range of the sensor, outputs
a 0–10V signal proportional
to the target’s distance
from the sensor face
●Class II laser emitter
detects objects from 0.3 to
4m (1 to 13.1 ft) away
●Two additional PNP
outputs can be
programmed to switch at
predetermined ranges
●Simple three-step teach
routine to program range
cutoffs
●Unmatched accuracy and
resolution at long sensing
distances
●When within the effective
range of the sensor, outputs
a 0–10V signal proportional
to the target’s distance
from the sensor face
●Visible red LED emitter
detects objects from 5 to
10 cm (1.9 to 3.9 in)
●Two indicator LEDs
communicate sensor
status: a yellow LED with
light intensity proportional
to the target’s distance
within the sensor’s range,
and a red LED that
activates when the target
is beyond maximum
sensing range
●Flat tubular package can be
mounted using the body
threads or flat against a
surface
Distance Sensing Explained
Distance sensors output a 0–10V analog signal in proportion to the measurement of the distance
between the sensor and target. Optical triangulation, a technology similar to that used in Eaton’s
Perfect Prox or diffuse sensors, is used for short- to mid-range distance sensing applications that
do not require a high degree of accuracy. Time-of-flight technology, a method of measuring the
time it takes for the emitted beam to bounce off the target and return to the detector, is used for
longer range distance sensing applications. Time-of-flight is highly accurate with precise resolution
over long sensing distances.
Distance Sensing
Distance Sensing Models with Analog Outputs
Notes
1 For compatible connector cables, see Page V8-T5-38.
2 This sensor is a Class II laser device. Eye irradiation for over 0.25 seconds is dangerous.
Refer to the Class II Standard (EN60825-1) for additional safety information.
Long-Range, High-Precision Laser
Distance Measurement Sensor
Short-Range Distance Sensor
Voltage
Range Output Type Connection
Adjustable
Sensing Range Catalog Number
Long-Range Laser Distance Sensor with Time-of-Flight Technology
19–28 Vdc Analog output (0–10V),
dual teachable PNP outputs,
Light operate mode
5-pin micro-
connector 1
0.3–4.0m (1.0–13.1 ft) E75-DST400A010-M12 2
Short-Range Distance Sensor
18–30 Vdc Analog output (0–10V) 4-pin micro-
connector 1
5.0–10.0 cm (1.9–3.9 in) E75-DST010A010-M12 2
Rectangular
(80 x 53 x 31 mm)
Flat Tubular (18 mm)
V8-T5-36 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Overview—Color and Contrast Sensing Models
Color Sensors
●Can be programmed to
recognize three different
colors independently
●Capable of sensing targets
5–45 mm away from the
sensor face
●Rectangular plastic
package features a four-
digit display, two
programming buttons and
output status LEDs
●Optional serial connection
(RS485) allows for remote
communications
●Standard M12 8-pin micro-
connector (mating cable
available on Page
V8-T5-28)
Contrast Sensors
●Ideal for detecting different
colored or grayscale
contrasts, such as
registration marks
●Capable of sensing targets
out to 10 mm from the
sensor face
●Simple three-step setup
routine for quick
installation or optional “fine
setup routine” for more
complicated applications
●Complementary outputs
can function in either light
operate or dark operate
modes
●Standard M12 4-pin micro-
connector (mating cable
available on Page
V8-T5-29)
Color Sensing Basics
Color sensors work by using a “chromaticity” detection algorithm. Chromaticity is determined by
two characteristics: hue and saturation. Hue is determined by the reflected light’s wavelength,
while saturation indicates the pureness percentage (with white representing 0%). Eaton’s color
sensor goes one step further and provides an optional “chromaticity plus intensity” algorithm. This
mode provides a higher sensitivity to tone variations and is recommended for detection of different
colors on the same type of material. It will also better distinguish between gray tones.
The color of a target is determined by the color components of the reflected source light. The
target color is identified by analyzing the red (R), green (G) and blue (B) channels of reflected light.
For example, yellow can be identified by the following reflections: R=50%, G=50%, B=0%; orange
can be identified by R=75%, G=25%, B=0%; pink by R=50%, G=0%, B=0%. The RGB
combinations are practically limitless. Applications for color sensors are common in many
industries, ranging from quality and process control, to automatic material handling for
identification, to orientation and selection of objects according to their color.
Contrast Sensing Basics
Contrast sensors (also defined as color mark readers, according to their most popular application)
go beyond simple presence/absence detection to distinguish two surfaces according to the
contrast produced by their difference in reflectivity. For example, a dark reference mark (low
reflectivity) can be detected by comparing it against the contrast of the lighter surface (high
reflectivity). A white LED light source is used for general purpose contrast sensing, enabling
detection of the very slightest of contrast variations—even those that share the same general
material and color. Contrast sensors are frequently used in automated packaging applications for
registration mark detection to automate the folding, cutting and sorting phases.
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-37
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Overview—Luminescence Sensing Models
Luminescence Sensors
●Perfect for the detection of
any luminescent target,
even on reflective
materials such as
ceramics, metal or
mirrored glass
●Capable of sensing from
8–20 mm from the sensor
face
●Simple three-step setup
routine and optional “fine
setup routine” for more
complicated applications
●Can function in either light
operate or dark operate
mode
●Standard M12 4-pin micro-
connector (mating cable
available on Page
V8-T5-30)
Luminescence Sensing Basics
Luminescence is defined as visible light emission from fluorescent or phosphorescent substances.
Luminescence sensors emit ultraviolet light, which is then reflected at a higher wavelength from
the target surface. The UV emission from the sensor is modulated and the visible light received is
synchronized, resulting in immunity against external interferences such as reflections caused by
shiny objects. Luminescence sensors are used in various industries to detect labels, fluorescent
marks or signs, fluorescent glues on paper, to distinguish cutting and sewing guides, and to check
fluorescent paints or lubricants.
Color, Contrast and Luminescence Sensing
Color, Contrast and Luminescence Sensing Models
Notes
1 For complete connector cables, see Page V8-T5-38.
2 Refer to Detection Diagram on Page V8-T5-43.
3 Sensing parameters may be adjusted using the RS485 serial interface.
The RGB color data is not available through this serial link.
Voltage
Range Sensing Range Connection 1Output Type Catalog Number
Color Sensors
10–30 Vdc 5–45 mm
(0.19–1.77 in) 2
8-pin micro-
connector 1
3 NO PNP outputs E76-CLRMKP-M12
3 NO NPN outputs E76-CLRMKN-M12
3 NO NPN outputs,
RS485 connection 3
E76-CLRMKRS-M12
Contrast Sensors
10–30 Vdc 10 mm
(0.39 in) ideal
4-pin micro-
connector
Light operate or dark
operate, PNP output
E76-CNT010P-M12
Light operate or dark
operate, NPN output
E76-CNT010N-M12
Luminescence Sensors
10–30 Vdc 8–20 mm
(0.31–0.79 in)
4-pin micro-
connector
Light operate or dark
operate, PNP output
E76-UV020P-M12
Rectangular
(50 x 50 x 25 mm)
Flat Tubular (18 mm)
Flat Tubular (18 mm)
V8-T5-38 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables 1
Accessories
IntelliView Series Sensors
Note
1 For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC
Catalog Number
PUR
Catalog Number
IRR PUR
Catalog Number
Micro-Connector, Straight Female
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
16.4 ft (5m) CSDS4A4CY2205 CSDS4A4RY2205 CSDS4A4IO2205
32.8 ft (10m) CSDS4A4CY2210 CSDS4A4RY2210 CSDS4A4IO2210
5-pin,
5-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS5A5CY2202 — —
16.4 ft (5m) CSDS5A5CY2205 — —
32.8 ft (10m) CSDS5A5CY2210 — —
8-pin,
8-wire
24 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS8A8CB2402 — —
16.4 ft (5m) CSDS8A8CB2405 — —
32.8 ft (10m) CSDS8A8CB2410 — —
Description Sensor Compatibility Catalog Number
Mounting Brackets—L-Shaped
L-shaped mounting bracket for IntelliView sensors
Mounting hardware included
All models starting with E75-PPA_ E75-MTB1
Long L-shaped mounting bracket for IntelliView sensors
Mounting hardware included
All models starting with E76-CLR_
and E75-PP1MP-M12
E76-MTB1
Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in one axis and
allows for aiming of the sensor through a short arc
Sensor mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and
washers (included with sensor)
Material of construction: Aluminum with chromate finish
Packaging: Two per package
All 18 mm flat tubular sensors 6161AS6501
Mounting Bracket Ball Swivel
Allows 360° rotation and 10° vertical tilt
Hole spacing is identical to our 50 and 55 series sensors
Ideal for mounting Right Angle sensors
Made of Noryl®
All 18 mm flat tubular sensors 6181AS5200
Additional Mounting Brackets
More mounting brackets compatible with IntelliView sensors, see Tab 8, section 8.2
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-47.
M12 Micro-Connector,
Straight Female
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
5-Green/Yellow
12
34
5
3
8
2
5
1
7
64
1-White
2-Brown
3-Green
4-Yellow
5-Gray
6-Pink
7-Blue
8-Red
Mounting Brackets—
L-Shaped
Mounting Bracket
Ball Swivel
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-39
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
Foreground/Background Suppression Models Distance Sensing Models—Long Range
Description Specification
Input voltage 10–30 Vdc
Ripple 2 Vpp max.
Outputs PNP, NO or NC; 30 Vdc max.
Output current 100 mA max. (short-circuit protected)
Output saturation voltage < 2V max.
Response time 1 ms
Switching frequency 500 Hz
Indicator LEDs For E75-PPA: Output LED (red), stability LED (green)
For E75-PP1: Output LED (yellow), stability LED (green)
Gain adjustment For E75-PPA: Adjustment screw (except for E75-PPA010P)
For E75-PP1: Six-turn adjustment pot with numerical indicator
Operating temperature –25° to 55°C (–13° to 131°F)
Storage temperature –25° to 70°C (–13° to 158°F)
Electrical protection Class 2
Sensing distance Varies by model, see model selection table on Page V8-T5-37
Beam type All models except E75-PPA010P-M12: Infrared LED 880 nm
E75-PPA010P-M12: Red LED
Vibration Amplitude: 0.5 mm
Frequency: 10–55 Hz for every axis (EN60068-2-6)
Shock resistance Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Housing material ABS
Lens material PMMA
Enclosure ratings For E75-PPA_: IP65
For E75-PP1_: IP67
Connections M12 4-pin micro-connector
Weight 40g max.
Description
For E75-DST4_ (Long-Range Distance Sensor)
Specification
Input voltage 16–28 Vdc
Ripple 2 Vpp max.
Current consumption
(Output current excluded)
120 mA max.
Outputs Analog, 0–10V
2 PNP outputs
30 Vdc max.
Output switching mode Light operate (output on when target present)
Output current 100 mA max. (short-circuit protected)
Output saturation voltage < 2V max.
Response time 12 ms
Switching frequency 42 Hz
Indicator LEDs 2 output LEDs (yellow)
Power/alarm LED (green)
Distance adjustment Dual buttons
Warm-up 15 min
Operating temperature 0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F)
Storage temperature –20° to 70°C (–4° to 158°F)
Measurement range 0.3–4.0m (1.0–13.1 ft)
Linearity < 1% (24 Vdc, 25°C, with 90% white target)
Repeatability ± 4 mm
Hysteresis 20 mm
Temperature drift < 1 mm per °C
Beam type Red laser (665 nm),
Class 2 EN 60825-1 (1994) A1 (2002) A2 (2001)
Vibration Amplitude: 0.5 mm
Frequency: 10–55 Hz for every axis (EN60068-2-6)
Shock resistance Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Material of construction ABS
Lens material PMMA
Enclosure ratings IP67
Connections M12 5-pin micro-connector
Weight 92g max.
V8-T5-40 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Distance Sensing Models—Short Range Color Sensing Models
Description
For E75-DST0_ (Short-Range Distance Sensors)
Specification
Input voltage 18–30 Vdc
Ripple 2 Vpp max.
Current consumption
(Output current excluded)
30 mA max.
Outputs Analog, 0–10V
Output switching mode Output can be inverted via button
Response time 7.3 ms
Switching frequency 68 Hz
Indicator LEDs Output LED (yellow)
Field LED (red)
Operating temperature –10° to 55°C (14° to 131°F)
Storage temperature –20° to 70°C (–4° to 158°F)
Measurement range 5.0–10.0 cm (1.9–3.9 in)
Beam type Red LED (630 nm)
Vibration Amplitude: 0.5 mm
Frequency: 10–55 Hz for every axis (EN60068-2-6)
Shock resistance Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Material of construction PBT
Lens material PMMA
Enclosure ratings IP67
Connections M12 4-pin micro-connector
Weight 25g max.
Description Specification
Input voltage 10–30 Vdc
Ripple 2V max.
Current consumption
(Output current excluded)
60 mA max.
Outputs 3 PNP outputs
30 Vdc max. (short-circuit protected)
Output switching mode 100 mA max.
Output saturation voltage < 2V
Response time 650 μs
Switching frequency 770 Hz
Indicator LEDs 4-digit display (green),
Output LED (yellow),
3 status LEDs (green)
Sensing adjustment SET, SEL buttons
Operating temperature –10° to 55°C (14° to 131°F)
Storage temperature –20° to 70°C (–4° to 158°F)
Protection Class 2
Sensing distance 20 mm (0.79 in)
Beam spot dimension Ø 4 mm
Beam type White LED (400–700 nm)
Vibration Amplitude: 0.5 mm
Frequency: 10–55 Hz for every axis (EN60068-2-6)
Shock resistance Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Material of construction ABS thermoplastic
Lens material Glass window and lens
Mechanical protection IP67
Connections M12 8-pin micro-connector
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-41
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Contrast Sensing Models Luminescence Sensing Models
Description Specification
Input voltage 10–30 Vdc
Ripple 2V max.
Current consumption
(Output current excluded)
25 mA max.
Outputs PNP or NPN by model,
NO and NC,
30 Vcc max. (short-circuit protected)
Output current 100 mA max.
Output saturation voltage < 2V
Response time 185 μs
Switching frequency 2.7 kHz
Indicator LEDs Output LED (yellow)
Ready/error LED (green/red)
Data retention EEPROM non-volatile memory
Operating mode Light operate on NO output
Dark operate on NC output
Operating temperature –10° to 55°C (14° to 131°F)
Storage temperature –20° to 70°C (–4° to 158°F)
Operating distance 10 mm ± 2 mm
Beam type White LED (400–700 nm)
Vibration Amplitude: 0.5 mm
Frequency: 10–55 Hz for every axis (EN60068-2-6)
Shock resistance Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Material of construction PBT
Lens material PMMA plastic
Enclosure ratings IP67
Connections M12 4-pin micro-connector cable
Weight 25g max.
Description Specification
Input voltage 10–30 Vdc
Ripple 2V max.
Current consumption
(Output current excluded)
25 mA max.
Outputs PNP or NPN by model,
NO and NC,
30 Vcc max. (short-circuit protected)
Output current 100 mA max.
Output saturation voltage < 2V
Response time 1.1 ms
Switching frequency 445 Hz
Indicator LEDs Output LED (yellow)
Relay/error LED (green/red)
Data retention EEPROM non-volatile memory
Operating mode Light operate on NO output
Dark operate on NC output
Operating temperature –10° to 55°C (14° to 131°F)
Storage temperature –10° to 70°C (–4° to 158°F)
Sensing distance 8–20 mm (best signal at 10 mm)
Beam type White LED (400–700 nm)
Vibration Amplitude: 0.5 mm
Frequency: 10–55 Hz for every axis (EN60068-2-6)
Shock resistance Half sine, 30 gn, 11 ms, 3 axes
Material of construction PBT
Lens material PMMA plastic
Enclosure ratings IP67
Connections M12 4-pin micro-connector cable
Weight 25g max.
V8-T5-42 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Detection Diagrams
Foreground/Background Suppression Models
Models starting with E75-PPA_ or E76-PP1_
Black/White Difference
Distance Sensing Models (Rectangular Package Only)
Models E75-DST400A010-M12
Note
1These diagrams depict the width of the sensing beam over distance. These diagrams also show the sensing
difference between white and gray targets. Because gray is less reflective than white, gray targets will
typically need to come closer to the beam centerpoint to be detected.
E75-PPA010P-M12 1E75-PPA025P-M12 1E75-PPA050P-M12 1
E75-PPA110P-M12
Analog Output Diagram Digital Output Diagram Black/White Difference
mm
cm
6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
0510
Distance
Gray R18% White R90%
Variance (mm)
Gray R18% White R90%
mm
cm
6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Distance
Variance (mm)
White R90%
Gray R18%
mm
cm
12
8
4
0
-4
-8
-12
010 20304050607080
Distance
Variance (mm)
Background Suppression
Detection Area
Foreground Suppression
mm
mm
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
50 100 150 200
300 1000 2000 3000 4000
Distance (mm)
0
10
Analog Output (V)
Measurement Field
Measured
Distance
Distance
0
24
Analog Output (V)
Congured
Switching
Distance
20 mm
5 mm
Hysteresis
300 1000 2000 3000 4000
Distance (mm)
0
40
50
30
20
10
Difference (mm)
White 90%
Black 4%
White 90%
Gray 18%
White 90%
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-43
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Distance Sensing Models (Tubular Package Only)
Models E75-DST010A010-M12
Color Sensing Models
Models E76-CLRMKN-M12,
E76-CLRMKP-M12,
E76-CLRMKRS-M12
Color Detection
Diagram
Luminescence Sensing Models
Models starting with
E76-CN_
Contrast Detection Diagram
Models starting with
E76-UV_
Luminescence Detection
Diagram
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
IntelliView Series Sensors
Notes
1Direct proportionality (DIR) is activated when the white wire is connected to +Vdc. Inverse proportionality
(INV) is activated when the white wire is connected to 0V. The white wire must always be connected.
2Available only on E76-CLRMKRS-M12 with RS485 serial connection.
Analog Output Diagram
(Direct Proportionality—Default)
Analog Output Diagram
(Inverted Proportionality
25 50 75 100
Distance (mm)
0
10
Analog Output (V)
25 50 75 100
Distance (mm)
0
10
Analog Output (V)
20 301001553525 4540 50
Distance (mm)
0
90
81
72
63
54
45
36
27
18
9
Object Reectivity (%)
Detectable
Colors
Dark Blue
Black
White
Light Yellow
1002030
Distance (mm)
0
100
80
60
40
20
Relative Sensitivity (%)
100203040
Distance (mm)
0
100
80
60
40
20
Relative Sensitivity (%)
Model
Micro-Connector Diagram
(Face View Male Shown) Model
Micro-Connector Diagram
(Face View Male Shown)
Foreground/Background Suppression Models Color Sensing Models
Models starting with
E75-PPA_ or E76-PP1_
E76-CLRMKN-M12,
E76-CLRMKP-M12,
E76-CLRMKRS-M12
Distance Sensing Models (Rectangular Package Only) Contrast and Luminescence Sensing Models
E75-DST400A010-M12 Models starting with
E76-UV_ or E76-CN_
Distance Sensing Models (Tubular Package Only)
E75-DST010A010-M12
43
12
(+)
(–)
LOAD
LOAD
N.O.
N.C.
BK
BL
WHBR
3
(-) 8
4
5
6
7
12(+)
GY
BN
BL
Rx/Tx
PK
WH
YE
GR
OUT3
OUT2
OUT1
Rx/Tx
2
2
43
12
(+)
(-)
5
LOAD
LOAD
BK
BL
BR
ANALOG OUT
WH
43
12
(+)
(-)
LOAD
LOAD
N.O.
N.C.
BK
BL
WHBR
43
12
(+)
(-)
BL
WHBR
ANALOG OUT
BK
DIR/INV1
V8-T5-44 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Foreground/Background Suppression Models
Models starting with E75-PP1_
Models starting with E75-PPA_
Note
1Connector can rotate 90 or 180 degrees to accept different sensor mounting orientations.
Position Indicator
Distance Adjustment Pot
Output LED
Stability LED
Emitter
Receiver
1.65
(42.0)
1.97
(50.0) 0.03
(0.8)
0.08
(2.0)
18x45
0.43
(11.0) 0.24
(6.0) 0.55
(14.0)
0.04
(1.1)
1.65
(42.0)
1.97
(50.0)
0.71
(18.0) 0.19
(4.7)
0.72
(18.2)
0.61
(15.5)
0.63
(16.0)
M12 ø0.59
(ø15.0)
0.72
(18.4)
0.43
(11.0)
0.24
(6.2)
0.42
(10.7)
1
=
=
==
Output LED
Adjustment Screw (E75-PPA025/050/110)
Stability LED
(E75-PPA025/050/110)
M12 ø0.59
(ø15.0)
1.57
(40.0)
1.97
(50.0)
0.02
(0.5)
0.02
(0.5)
0.02
(0.5)
0.02
(0.5)
1.97
(50.0) 1.57
(40.0)
0.28
(7.0)
0.47
(12.0)
n°2 ø4.6
1.06
(27.0)
0.71
(18.0)
1
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-45
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Distance Sensing Models (Rectangular Package Only)
E75-DST400A010-M12
Distance Sensing Models (Tubular Package Only)
E75-DST010A010-M12
Button
Button
Output LED
Output LED
Power On / Alarm LED
P
M5 depth 6 mm max. (4 mounting holes)
M5 depth 6 mm max. (4 mounting holes)
0.83
(21.0)
1.10
(28.0)
1.22
(31.0)
0.98
(25.0)
1.85
(47.0)
0.96
(24.5)
1.61
(40.8)
2.09
(53.0)
1.61
(41.0)
3.15
(80.0)
0.55
(14.0)
0.59
(15.0)
1.50
(38.0)
1.10
(28.0)
1.22
(31.0)
0.62
(15.7)
0.69
(17.5)
Field LED
Output LED
0.94
(24.0)
==
M12x1
0.39
(10.0)
N°2 Ø3.8
0.98
(25.0)
1.34
(34.0)
==
M18x1
0.10
(2.5)
1.69
(43.0)
==
==
3.21
(81.5)
0.06
(1.5)
0.08
(2.0)
0.16
(4.0)
0.16
(4.0)
0.14
(3.5)
0.15
(3.8)
0.55
(14.0)
V8-T5-46 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Color Sensing Models
E76-CLRMKN-M12, E76-CLRMKP-M12, E76-CLRMKRS-M12
Contrast and Luminescence Sensing Models
Models starting with E76-UV_ or E76-CN_
Note
1Connector can rotate 90 or 180 degrees to accept different sensor mounting orientations.
Output LED Display
Output Status LEDs
SET Button
SEL
Button
SELSET
OUT 1 2 3
0.67
(17.1)
0.79
(20.0)
0.31
(7.8)
1.25
(31.7)
0.63
(16.0)
0.99
(25.0)
M12
0.59
(15.0)
0.08
(2.0)
1.97
(50.0)
1.65
(42.0)
1.97
(50.0)
1.65
(42.0)
18x45
0.43
(11.0)0.22
(5.5) 0.55
(14.0)
1
==
== ==
==
Ready/Error LED
Output LED
SET Button
0.94
(24.0)
3.21
(81.5)
0.06
(1.5)
0.08
(2.0)
0.16
(4.0)
0.16
(4.0)
0.14
(3.5)
M12
M18x1
N°2 Ø3.8
1.34
(34.0) 0.59
(15.0)
0.10
(2.5)
1.69
(43.0) 0.39
(10.0)
0.98
(25.0)
0.15
(3.8)
0.55
(14.0)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-47
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Photoelectric Sensors
IntelliView Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Accessories—Mounting Brackets
E75-MTB1—L-Shaped Mounting Bracket
E76-MTB1—Long L-Shaped Mounting Bracket
6181AS5200—Ball Swivel
6161AS6501—L-Shaped
1.98
(50.3)
0.83
(21.1)
R.080
0.80
(20.3) .08
(2.0)
1.05
(26.7) 0.33
(8.4) 4X R.188
0.63
(16.0)
2X Ø.165
2X Ø.150
0.40
(10.2)
Ø.16
(4.1)
Ø.19
(4.8)
Ø.20
(5.1)
0.38
(9.7)
0.20
(5.1)
0.59
(15.0)
0.22
(5.6)
1.55
(39.4)
0.28
(7.1)
0.28
(7.1)
Ø 0.25
(6.4)
0.22
(5.6)
0.17
(4.3)
0.25
(6.4) 0.38
(9.7)
0.59
(15.0)
0.38
(9.7)
1.55
(39.4)
0.08
(2.0)
0.80
(20.3)
R 0.08
(2.0)
2.35
(59.7)
0.90
(22.9) 120º
95º
R 0.20
(5.1)
Ø 0.17
(4.3)
1.18
(30.0) 1.97
(50.0)
2.28
(57.9)
0.20
(5.1)
11 º 1.63
(41.4)
Ø 0.17
(4.3)
R 0.13
(3.3)
0.74
(18.8)
0.37
(9.4)
1.18
(30.0)
1.64
(41.7)
0.23
(5.8)
ø 0.20 (5.1)
2 Places
0.35
(9.0)
0.31
(8.0)
ø 0.75
(19.1)
1.50
(38.1)
1.75
(44.5)
0.75
(19.1) ø 0.28
(7.1)
1.50
(38.1)
0.62
(15.7)
1.0 0
(25.4)
0.31
(8.0)
V8-T5-48 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.4
Photoelectric Sensors
SM Series Sensors
SM Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
SM Series Sensors
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-49
Product Selection
SM Series Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-50
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-51
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-51
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-52
Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-52
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-53
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-53
SM Series Sensors
Product Description
The SM Series from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector provides
high performance and ease
of use in an economical,
compact package.
Lock In on Great Performance
with TargetLock
A sensor can have the
greatest performance in the
world, but if it is slightly
misaligned or the target is
positioned at the wrong
range, you will have reliability
problems sooner or later.
TargetLock™ not only
simplifies sensor setup but
visually confirms your sensor
is positioned to operate with
the highest possible
reliability. In addition,
TargetLock provides
diagnostic information during
use to inform you of
impending problems before
they result in equipment
downtime.
No Sensor Is Easier to Use
The SM Series includes many
other features that simplify
use. Visible sensing beams
on all models show you
exactly where the sensors
are pointing. The durable
housing features multiple
mounting options to easily fit
on your equipment in the
tightest of spaces. Full
protection from overvoltage,
reverse polarity and short
circuits reduces the chance
of damage. Bright 360° LED
indicators clearly show
sensor status.
Application Description
Typical Applications
●Packaging machines
●Conveyors and other
material handling
equipment
●Food processing
equipment
●Assembly machines
●Pharmaceutical machines
Features
●Highly visible LED
indicators for power,
output and TargetLock
●TargetLock simplifies setup
and ensures the sensor
operates at the highest
level of reliability possible
●Perfect Prox models sense
different colored targets at
the same range and ignore
objects in the background
●AC/DC models operate
on either 18–264 Vac or
18–50 Vdc
●DC-only models feature
both NPN and PNP outputs
●Visible beam on all models
lets you see exactly where
the sensor is pointing
●Compact size to fit in tight
spaces
●Multiple mounting options
including industry standard
18 mm threads
●Reverse polarity, overload
and short circuit protection
●Full family includes thru-
beam, polarized reflex,
diffuse reflective and
Perfect Prox background
rejection
Standards and Certifications
●UL Listed
●cUL Listed
●CE
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-49
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Photoelectric Sensors
SM Series Sensors
Product Overview
Unparalleled Optical
Performance—Perfect Prox
Exceptional background
rejection sets Perfect Prox
apart from all other sensors.
Just point the sensor’s visible
beam at the target and get
reliable detection regardless
of color, reflectance, contrast
or surface shape, while
ignoring background objects
just a fraction of an inch away.
Fast and Easy Setup
The SM Series features an
advanced 3-LED indicator
display to provide valuable
information at a glance.
The bright display is clearly
visible from 360°. In addition
to LEDs for power and output
status indication, the SM
features a third LED that is
part of the TargetLock
system.
TargetLock is a
microprocessor- controlled
system that enables you to
quickly and easily align the
sensor and ensure it is
operating most reliably.
●Alignment: The
TargetLock LED provides a
quick and easy way to set
up the sensor for optimum
operation. On initial setup,
when you have achieved
the minimum signal
required for the sensor to
operate, the TargetLock
LED will blink in a short
flash pattern. As you
improve the setup and
approach the best
alignment and range, the
LED changes from short
flash to long flash to a solid
ON condition. This means
that even after you reach a
point where the sensor will
operate in the application,
you are able to further fine
tune the setup for highest
reliability.
LED Indicators
Note
1A target that doesn’t fully block the effective sensing beam or is translucent
may cause a flashing indication and unreliable performance.
LED State
Thru-Beam/Reflex
LED Condition
Diffuse/ Perfect Prox
LED Condition
Power (green) ON Power is applied to sensor Power is applied to sensor
OFF No power No power
Output (red) ON Output is ON Output is ON
OFF Output is OFF Output is OFF
Flashing Output is short circuited or
overloaded
Output is short circuited or
overloaded
Target-Lock
(orange)
ON Excellent alignment; sensor
is operating within optimum
range
Target present—excellent
gain; sensor is operating within
optimum range
Long flash Good alignment 1Target present—good gain
Short flash Poor alignment 1Target present—poor gain
OFF Target is present; if no target
present, sensor is out of
alignment or beyond range
No target, or sensor is beyond
range
●Maintenance: Another
valuable feature of the
TargetLock LED is to
indicate the need for
maintenance prior to loss
of sensor operation.
Observing a change from
the normal operation of the
LED (for example, from
solid ON to a long flash)
indicates the gain has been
reduced. Possible causes
include bumping or
vibrating out of alignment
or contamination buildup
on the lens. With the
TargetLock LED, you are
made aware of this
condition before the
sensor stops working,
allowing you ample time to
address the problem
before your machine goes
down.
See table (this page) for
details of the function of
each of the SM Series
LED indicators.
Gain Adjustment
Thru-beam and diffuse
reflective sensors include an
adjustment control for
optimizing the amount of gain
for the application. The 3/4-
turn pot provides a 10:1
adjustment of gain. A
mechanical stop eliminates
the possibility of sensor
damage. Adjustment of the
control does not require any
special tools.
Mounting
The SM sensor features two
mounting holes in the
rectangular section of the
body for mounting to a
surface with #6 or smaller
hardware. The threaded
barrel and jam nut allow
mounting into any 0.75 in
(19 mm) hole or a selection
of accessory mounting
brackets available from
Eaton and detailed in Ta b 8 ,
section 8.2.
Mounting Sensor using
#6 Hardware
Mounting Sensor using
a Jam Nut
Mounted SM Sensor in
18 mm Ball Swivel Bracket
See Ta b 8 , section 8.2.
V8-T5-50 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Photoelectric Sensors
SM Series Sensors
Product Selection
SM Series Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-51.
1 For a complete system, order one source and one detector
2 For complete system, order sensor and retroreflector (see Tab 8, section 8.1).
3 Nominal range—sensor will detect a 90% reflectance white card at this range.
4 Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance white card at this range.
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range
Cutoff
Range
Field of
View
Thru-Beam
Component
Connection
Typ e
Light Operate
Catalog Number
Dark Operate
Catalog Number
Thru-Beam
10–30 Vdc 50 ft (15m) 0.1 to 25 ft
(30 to 7.5m)
— 10 in (254 mm)
diameter at
10 ft (3m)
Source 2m cable E65-SMTS15-HA E65-SMTS15-HA
4-pin
micro DC
connector
E65-SMTS15-HAD E65-SMTS15-HAD
Detector 2m cable E65-SMTD15-HL E65-SMTD15-HD
4-pin
micro DC
connector
E65-SMTD15-HLD E65-SMTD15-HDD
Polarized Reflex
18–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
10 ft (3m) 0.1 to 5 ft
(30 to 1.5m)
— 1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
— 2m cable E65-SMPR3-GL E65-SMPR3-GD
4-pin
micro AC
connector
E65-SMPR3-GLD E65-SMPR3-GDD
10–30 Vdc 10 ft (3m) 0.1 to 5 ft
(30 to 1.5m)
— 1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
— 2m cable E65-SMPR3-HL E65-SMPR3-HD
4-pin
micro DC
connector
E65-SMPR3-HLD E65-SMPR3-HDD
Diffuse Reflective
18–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
8 in
(200 mm)
3
0.25 to 5 in
(6 to 127 mm)
— 2 in (50 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
— 2m cable E65-SMSD200-GL E65-SMSD200-GD
4-pin
micro AC
connector
E65-SMSD200-GLD E65-SMSD200-GDD
10–30 Vdc 8 in
(200 mm)
3
0.25 to 5 in
(6 to 127 mm)
— 2 in (50 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
— 2m cable E65-SMSD200-HL E65-SMSD200-HD
4-pin
micro DC
connector
E65-SMSD200-HLD E65-SMSD200-HDD
Perfect Prox
18–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
2 in
(50 mm)
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.3 in
(58 mm)
and
beyond 4
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2.25 in (57 mm)
— 2m cable E65-SMPP050-GL E65-SMPP050-GD
4-pin
micro AC
connector
E65-SMPP050-GLD E65-SMPP050-GDD
4 in
(100 mm)
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in
(127 mm)
and
beyond 4
0.35 in (9 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
— 2m cable E65-SMPP100-GL E65-SMPP100-GD
4-pin
micro AC
connector
E65-SMPP100-GLD E65-SMPP100-GDD
10–30 Vdc 2 in
(50 mm)
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.3 in
(58 mm)
and
beyond 4
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2.25 in (57 mm)
— 2m cable E65-SMPP050-HL E65-SMPP050-HD
4-pin
micro DC
connector
E65-SMPP050-HLD E65-SMPP050-HDD
4 in
(100 mm)
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in
(127 mm)
and
beyond 2
0.35 in (9 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
— 2m cable E65-SMPP100-HL E65-SMPP100-HD
4-pin
micro DC
connector
E65-SMPP100-HLD E65-SMPP100-HDD
Thru-Beam 1
Source
Polarized Reflex 2
Diffuse Reflective
Perfect Prox
Detector
Retro- Sensoreflector
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-51
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Photoelectric Sensors
SM Series Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables—Micro 1
Accessories
SM Series Sensors
Note
1For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC Jacket
Catalog Number
PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
IRR PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
Micro-Style, Straight Female
AC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
Description Reference
Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape See Tab 8, section 8.1
Mounting brackets See Tab 8, section 8.2
Replacement mounting nuts and other accessories See Tab 8, section 8.3
Connector cables See Tab 10, section 10.1
Micro-Style,
Straight Female
2-Red/White
3-Red
4-Green
1-Red/Black
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
V8-T5-52 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Photoelectric Sensors
SM Series Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
SM Series Sensors
Excess Gain
Thru-Beam Perfect Prox Diffuse Reflective
1. Thru-beam
2. Polarized reflex
(based on a 3 in diameter retroreflector)
1. 50 mm Perfect Prox
2. 100 mm Perfect Prox
Diffuse reflective (based on a 90%
reflectance white card)
Notes
1Short circuit and overload protection (output indicator LED will flash). Reverse polarity protection (sensor will reset automatically once fault is removed).
IMPORTANT: During installation, correct power connections must be made first to ensure fail-safe short circuit protection of the outputs.
2Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications.
If you have questions about a specific application, contact our Applications Department.
Description
AC/DC Model
AC Operation
Specification
DC Operation
Specification
DC Model
Specification
Input voltage 18–264 Vac, 50/60 Hz 18–50 Vdc 10–30 Vdc
Power dissipation 4 VA maximum 4 VA maximum 2W maximum
Output type VMOS (bi-directional) NPN (sink) NPN and PNP (dual outputs)
Current switching 200 mA maximum 200 mA maximum 100 mA maximum
Voltage switching 264 Vac 50 Vdc 30 Vdc maximum
OFF-state leakage 500 μA maximum 500 μA maximum 10 μA maximum
Surge current 2A maximum 2A maximum 1A maximum
ON-state voltage drop 3.5V maximum 3.5V maximum 2.5V maximum
Response time 16 ms 1 ms 1 ms
Protection 111
Light/dark operation By model By model By model
Temperature range
Operating –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C) –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C) –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C)
Storage –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C) –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C) –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
Material of construction Lens: Polycarbonate; cable jacket: PVC; body: Cycoloy Lens: Polycarbonate; cable jacket: PVC; body: Cycoloy Lens: Polycarbonate; cable jacket: PVC; body: Cycoloy
Cable/connector Cable models: 6 ft (2m) four-wire cable;
connector models: 4-pin, micro-connector
(AC-key on AC/DC models; DC-key on DC models)
Cable models: 6 ft (2m) four-wire cable;
connector models: 4-pin, micro-connector
(AC-key on AC/DC models; DC-key on DC models)
Cable models: 6 ft (2m) four-wire cable;
connector models: 4-pin, micro-connector
(AC-key on AC/DC models; DC-key on DC models)
Vibration and shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz;
shock: 50g for 10 ms 1/2 sinewave pulse
Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz;
shock: 50g for 10 ms 1/2 sinewave pulse
Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz;
shock: 50g for 10 ms 1/2 sinewave pulse
Indicator LEDs Green LED: Power; red LED: Output;
orange LED: TargetLock
Green LED: Power; red LED: Output;
orange LED: TargetLock
Green LED: Power; red LED: Output;
orange LED: TargetLock
Source light Visible red, 660 nm Visible red, 660 nm Visible red, 660 nm
Gain adjustment 3/4-turn pot, 10:1 adjustment of gain (provided on
thru-beam and diffuse reflective sensors only)
3/4-turn pot, 10:1 adjustment of gain (provided on
thru-beam and diffuse reflective sensors only)
3/4-turn pot, 10:1 adjustment of gain (provided on
thru-beam and diffuse reflective sensors only)
Sunlight immunity Perfect Prox 5000 ft-candles;
all others: 10,000 ft-candles
Perfect Prox 5000 ft-candles;
all others: 10,000 ft-candles
Perfect Prox 5000 ft-candles;
all others: 10,000 ft-candles
Enclosure ratings NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13; IP68, IP69K 2NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13; IP68, IP69K 2NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13; IP68, IP69K 2
1000
10
1
10.1 10
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
252.5 254
2
1
1000
10
1
10.1 10
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
252.5 254
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (m)
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
1
2
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-53
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Photoelectric Sensors
SM Series Sensors
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
SM Series Sensors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
SM Series Sensors
Operating
Voltage Mode Cable Model
Micro-Connector Model
(Face View Male Shown)
Three-Wire Sensors
18–264 Vac, 50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
All sensors
Four-Wire Sensors
10–30 Vdc Thru-beam source
All others
BU
WH
BK
BN L1 or (–_
L2 or
+V
No
Connection
Load
L2 or +V
L1
or (–)
Load
No
Connection
BU
BN
(–)
+V
(–) +V
BU
WH
(–)
BK Load
BN +V
Load
(–) +V
Load
Load
1.70
(43)
0.83
(21)
0.75 (19)
ø 0.16 (4)
2 places
1.51
(38)
1.02
(26)
M18 x 1.0
Connector
Models
0.41 (10)
Cable
Models
0.35 (9)
1.47
(37)
1.05
(27)
0.58
(15)
0.10
(2.5)
1.63
(41)
AC/DC
Models Only
1.29 (33)
2.17
(55)
V8-T5-54 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
Comet Series Sensors
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-55
Product Selection
Thru-Beam Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-56
Reflex Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-57
Diffuse Reflective and Focused Diffuse
Reflective Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-58
Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors V8-T5-59
Fiber Optic Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-61
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-61
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-62
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-62
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-63
Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-65
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-66
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-66
Comet Series Sensors
Product Description
The Comet Series from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector is a
complete line of high
performance, 18 mm tubular
sensors with a variety of
models and modes to solve
virtually any sensing problem.
The sensors are available in
thru-beam, reflex, polarized
reflex, diffuse reflective,
focused diffuse reflective,
wide angle diffuse reflective,
Perfect Prox, fine spot
Perfect Prox and fiber optic
sensing. Perfect Prox is one
of the most powerful
problem-solving sensors
available. These sensors can
reliably detect targets of
different color, reflectance,
contrast or surface shape at
the same range, while
ignoring background objects
just a fraction of an inch away.
The Comet Series includes
AC/DC and DC-only models
with two-, three- and four-
wire circuitry. Choose from
cable or micro-connector.
Mini-connectors are available
on two-wire models for easy
retrofit. Each sensor features
a Light/Dark Operation switch
and a gain control to provide
for quick adjustment to peak
optical performance.
The unique threaded body
with flat sides allows quick
mounting in a 3/4 inch hole or
against any flat surface.
Internal components are
rigidly sealed in a solid
encapsulated package for
excellent performance in
high-vibration and high-shock
applications.
Features
●Industry standard 18 mm
diameter threaded body
has flat sides allowing it to
be mounted like a tubular
sensor or against any flat
surface
●Right Angle viewing
models mount in a depth
of only 6/10th of an inch
●Perfect Prox technology
provides exceptional
background rejection and
application problem-solving
●Visible sensing beams let
you see where the beam is
aimed for quick setup and
alignment
●Solid polyurethane housing
completely encapsulates
internal circuits for high
resistance to shock and
vibration
●Adaptable modulation
circuit provides immunity
to crosstalk from other
closely mounted sensors
●The industry’s only
background rejection
sensors with a two-wire
circuit design
●Models available with both
AC and DC operation in a
single unit—up to 264 Vac
●Four-wire DC sensors offer
both NPN and PNP outputs
●Output status indicator
visible from a wide 270°
angle
Standards and Certifications
●UL Recognized
●cUL Recognized
●CE (except two-wire
DC models)
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-55
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Product Overview
Product Comparison
Eaton’s cost-effective Prism
Series, OEM Prism and
premium Comet Series all
share the same 18 mm flat-
sided housing. This results in
the largest interchangeable
sensor family available,
allowing you to select from
well over 250 different
models to solve the widest
variety of sensing
applications.
Comparison
Compared to similar-looking
Prism and OEM Prism, the
Comet Series includes the
following advantages:
●AC/DC two-wire versions
available
●Light/dark output
configuration
●Perfect Prox background
rejection technology
Sensing Modes
Thru-Beam
This sensing mode is
available with ranges of
20 and 80 ft (6 and 24m).
The 20 ft (6m) range is
available in forward and
Right Angle viewing, and
can be intermixed in any
combination for the best fit in
your application. Long range
models feature a visible
sensing beam to help simplify
installation and alignment.
Reflex and Polarized Reflex
In reflex sensing, the sensing
beam is reflected from a
retroreflector back to the
sensor. The Comet Series
includes standard and
polarized models with two-
wire, three-wire and four-wire
circuits. Right Angle models
are also available. Polarized
models feature a polarizing
filter built into the sensor to
ensure that only light
reflected from a corner-cube
retroreflector is recognized by
the sensor. This allows
reliable detection of shiny
targets that could reflect light
and be missed by a non-
polarized sensor. Most
models include a visible
sensing beam for easy
installation and alignment.
Diffuse Reflective,
Focused Diffuse and
Wide Angle Diffuse
A wide variety of diffuse
reflective models are
available with ranges of 8 in
(200 mm) and 24 in (610
mm). Forward and Right
Angle viewing configurations
offer identical optical
performance in this series.
Focused diffuse reflective
models feature a light beam
that is focused at a point 1.6
in (40 mm) in front of the
sensor lens for applications
where you need to avoid
sensing objects in front of or
behind the target. Wide angle
diffuse models provide a
large spot and wide detection
area.
Perfect Prox
This is a unique type of
diffuse reflective sensor that
combines extremely high
sensing power (called “excess
gain”) with a sharp optical
cutoff to ignore backgrounds.
This allows the sensor to
reliably detect targets
regardless of variations in
color, reflectance, contrast or
surface shape, while ignoring
objects that are just slightly
outside the target range.
This
gives the Perfect Prox an
outstanding ability to solve
sensing applications that
would be difficult or
impossible to manage with
other types of sensors. It also
makes Perfect Prox one of
the easiest photoelectric
sensors to set up and use.
Eaton’s Comet Series includes
more background rejection
models than any other family
on the market. Choose from
forward or Right Angle
viewing, two-, three- or four-
wire circuits, cable, micro or
mini-connector terminations
and a variety of sensing ranges.
A visible sensing beam on
most models lets you quickly
confirm that the sensor is
aligned correctly with the
target. Fine spot models
provide an extremely small
0.05 in (1.3 mm) light spot for
accurately detecting tiny
targets such as fine strands of
wire or targets that are in or
behind small diameter holes.
Fiber Optic
The Comet Series also
includes sensors that utilize
fiber optic cables to sense
objects where space is
restricted, temperatures are
high, or tight viewing angles
are required. Choose from
models that accept low cost
plastic fiber optic cables, or
use our glass fiber optic
adapter that inexpensively
converts our standard diffuse
reflective sensors for use
with durable glass fiber optic
cables.
Mounting
Comet Series sensors feature
a threaded housing and
include two jam nuts and
washers for mounting into any
0.75 in (19 mm) hole or a
selection of accessory
mounting brackets available
from Eaton. The flat sides of
the sensor feature two
mounting holes for easily
attaching the sensor to any
flat surface with #4 hardware.
Mounting Sensor using
#4 Hardware
Mounting Sensor using
a Jam Nut
Note: See Pages V8-T5-62 and
V8-T5-63, and Tab 8 , section 8.2
for a full list of mounting brackets
compatible with the Comet
Series.
V8-T5-56 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Product Selection
Thru-Beam Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-62.
1 For a complete system, order one source and one detector.
2 11100 sources and 12100 detectors may be interchanged in any combination. 11102 models must be used with 12102 models.
3 The effective beam (minimum object size that can be detected) is 0.25 in (6.5 mm) diameter.
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range Field of View
Thru-Beam
Component Connection Type Catalog Number
Thru-Beam Forward Viewing 12
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
20 ft (6m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
30 in (760 mm)
diameter at
10 ft (3m) 3
Source
(Visible alignment beam)
6 ft cable 11100A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 11100AQD03
Detector 6 ft cable 12100A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 12100AQD03
80 ft (24m) 0.1 to 40 ft
(0.03 to 12m)
40 in (1m)
diameter at
40 ft (12m)
Source
(Visible red beam)
6 ft cable 11102A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 11102AQD03
Detector 6 ft cable 12102A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 12102AQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
20 ft (6m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
30 in (760 mm)
diameter at
10 ft (3m) 3
Source
(Visible alignment beam)
6 ft cable 11100A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 11100AQD07
Detector 6 ft cable 12100A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 12100AQD07
80 ft (24m) 0.1 to 40 ft
(0.03 to 12m)
40 in (1m)
diameter at
40 ft (12m)
Source
(Visible red beam)
6 ft cable 11102A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 11102AQD07
Detector 6 ft cable 12102A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 12102AQD07
Thru-Beam Right Angle Viewing12
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
20 ft (6m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
30 in (760 mm)
diameter at
10 ft (3m) 3
Source
(Visible alignment beam)
6 ft cable 11100R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 11100RQD03
Detector 6 ft cable 12100R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 12100RQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
20 ft (6m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
30 in (760 mm)
diameter at
10 ft (3m) 3
Source
(Visible alignment beam)
6 ft cable 11100R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 11100RQD07
Detector 6 ft cable 12100R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 12100RQD07
Thru-Beam Right
Angle Viewing
Thru-Beam Forward
Viewing
Source
Detector
Source
Detector
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-57
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Reflex Sensors
Two-Wire Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-62.
1 Ranges based on a 3 in diameter retroreflector.
2 Right Angle viewing polarized reflex models are rated NEMA 1 only.
See Prism Series on Page V8-T5-69 for a Right Angle viewing polarized reflex sensor rated NEMA 4X and 6.
3 Retroreflector is not included.
4 Polarized reflex sensors may not operate with retroreflective tape. Test selected tape prior to installation.
5 For complete system, order sensor and retroreflector, see Tab 8, section 8.1.
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range 1
Optimum
Range 2Field of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number
Standard Reflex Forward Viewing
90–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
25 ft (7.6m) 0.1 to 15 ft
(0.03 to 4.5m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14102AS6515
3-pin micro AC connector 14102ASQD05
Polarized Reflex Forward Viewing 4
90–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
15 ft (4.5m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14101AS6515
3-pin micro AC connector 14101ASQD05
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range 1
Optimum
Range 2Field of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number
Standard Reflex Forward Viewing 5
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
25 ft (7.6m) 0.1 to 15 ft
(0.03 to 4.5m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14102A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 14102AQD03
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 14100A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 14100AQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
25 ft (7.6m) 0.1 to 15 ft
(0.03 to 4.5m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14102A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 14102AQD07
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 14100A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 14100AQD07
Standard Reflex Right Angle Viewing 5
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
15 ft (4.5m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14102R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 14102RQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
15 ft (4.5m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14102R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 14102RQD07
Polarized Reflex Forward Viewing 45
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
15 ft (4.5m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14101A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 14101AQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
15 ft (4.5m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14101A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 14101AQD07
Polarized Reflex Right Angle Viewing 245
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
10 ft (3m) 0.1 to 5 ft
(0.03 to 1.5m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14101R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 14101RQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
10 ft (3m) 0.1 to 5 ft
(0.03 to 1.5m)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
50 in (1.3m)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 14101R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 14101RQD07
Standard Reflex
Forward Viewing
Sensor
Retroreflector 3
Polarized Reflex
Forward Viewing
Sensor
Retroreflector 3
Standard Reflex
Forward Viewing
Sensor
Retroreflector 3
Polarized Reflex
Forward Viewing
Sensor
Retroreflector 3
Standard Reflex Right
Angle Viewing
Sensor
Retroreflector 3
Polarized Reflex Right
Angle Viewing
Sensor
Retroreflector 3
V8-T5-58 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Diffuse Reflective and Focused Diffuse Reflective Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-62.
1 Sensor will detect a 90% reflective white card at this range.
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range 1
Optimum
Range Field of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number
Diffuse Reflective Forward Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
8 in (200 mm) 0.1 to 5 in
(3 to 127 mm)
2 in (50 mm) diameter
at 5 in (127 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13106A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13106AQD03
24 in (610 mm) 0.1 to 15 in
(3 to 380 mm)
5 in (127 mm) diameter
at 15 in (380 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13100A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13100AQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
8 in (200 mm) 0.1 to 5 in
(3 to 127 mm)
2 in (50 mm) diameter
at 5 in (127 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13106A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13106AQD07
24 in (610 mm) 0.1 to 15 in
(3 to 380 mm)
5 in (127 mm) diameter
at 15 in (380 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13100A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13100AQD07
Diffuse Reflective Right Angle Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
8 in (200 mm) 0.1 to 5 in
(3 to 127 mm)
2 in (50 mm) diameter
at 5 in (127 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13106R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13106RQD03
24 in (610 mm) 0.1 to 15 in
(3 to 380 mm)
5 in (127 mm) diameter
at 15 in (380 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13100R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13100RQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
8 in (200 mm) 0.1 to 5 in
(3 to 127 mm)
2 in (50 mm) diameter
at 5 in (127 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13106R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13106RQD07
24 in (610 mm) 0.1 to 15 in
(3 to 380 mm)
5 in (127 mm) diameter
at 15 in (380 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13100R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13100RQD07
Wide Beam Diffuse Reflective Forward Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
6 in (150 mm) 0.1 to 4 in
(3 to 101 mm)
4.3 in (109 mm) diameter
at 3 in (76 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13107AS6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13107ASQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
6 in (150 mm) 0.1 to 4 in
(3 to 101 mm)
4.3 in (109 mm) diameter
at 3 in (76 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13107AS6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13107ASQD07
Wide Beam Diffuse Reflective Right Angle Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
(NPN)
6 in (150 mm) 0.1 to 4 in
(3 to 101 mm)
4.3 in (109 mm) diameter
at 3 in (76 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13107RS6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13107RSQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
6 in (150 mm) 0.1 to 4 in
(3 to 101 mm)
4.3 in (109 mm) diameter
at 3 in (76 mm)
Infrared beam 6 ft cable 13107RS6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13107RSQD07
Focused Diffuse Reflective Forward Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc (NPN)
Focused at
1.6 in (40 mm)
1.5 to 1.9 in
(38 to 48 mm)
0.05 in (1.3 mm) diameter
at 1.6 in (40 mm)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 13102A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13102AQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
Focused at
1.6 in (40 mm)
1.5 to 1.9 in
(38 to 48 mm)
0.05 in (1.3 mm) diameter
at 1.6 in (40 mm)
Visible red beam 6 ft cable 13102A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13102AQD07
Diffuse Reflective
Forward Viewing
Diffuse Reflective
Right Angle Viewing
Wide Beam Diffuse
Reflective Forward
Viewing
Wide Beam Diffuse
Reflective Right Angle
Viewing
Focused Diffuse
Reflective Forward
Viewing
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-59
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors
Two-Wire Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-62.
1 Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance card at this range.
2 Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance card at this range.
3 Consult factory for approval status.
Operating
Voltage
Nominal
Range 1
Optimum
Range
Cut-Off
Range 2Filed of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number
Perfect Prox Forward Viewing
90–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
2 in (50 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2.25 in (64 mm)
Visible red 6 ft cable 13104A6515
3-pin micro AC connector 13104AQD05
3-pin mini-connector 13104AQD25
4 in (100 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.35 in (9 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13101AS6515 3
3-pin micro AC connector 13101ASQD05 3
3-pin mini- connector 13101ASQD25 3
Perfect Prox Right Angle Viewing
90–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
2 in (50 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2.25 in (64 mm)
Visible red 6 ft cable 13104R6515
3-pin micro AC connector 13104RQD05
3-pin mini-connector 13104RQD25
4 in (100 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.35 in (9 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13101RS6515 3
3-pin micro AC connector 13101RSQD05 3
Operating
Voltage
Nominal
Range 1
Optimum
Range
Cut-Off
Range 2Filed of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number
Perfect Prox Forward Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
(NPN)
2 in (50 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2.25 in (64 mm)
Visible red 6 ft cable 13104A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13104AQD03
4 in (100 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.35 in (9 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13101A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13101AQD03
6 in (150 mm)
standard cutoff
0.1 to 4 in
(3 to 100 mm)
9 in (228 mm)
and beyond
0.6 in (15 mm)
diameter at
6 in (150 mm)
Infrared 6 ft cable 13108A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13108AQD03
9 in (225 mm)
standard cutoff
0.1 to 6 in
(3 to 150 mm)
12 in (304 mm)
and beyond
0.9 in (23 mm)
diameter at
9 in (225 mm)
6 ft cable 13103A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13103AQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
2 in (50 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2.25 in (64 mm)
Visible red 6 ft cable 13104A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13104AQD07
4 in (100 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.35 in (9 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13101A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13101AQD07
6 in (150 mm)
standard cutoff
0.1 to 4 in
(3 to 100 mm)
9 in (228 mm)
and beyond
0.6 in (15 mm)
diameter at
6 in (150 mm)
Infrared 6 ft cable 13108A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13108AQD07
9 in (225 mm)
standard cutoff
0.1 to 6 in
(3 to 150 mm)
12 in (304 mm)
and beyond
0.9 in (23 mm)
diameter at
9 in (225 mm)
6 ft cable 13103A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13103AQD07
Perfect Prox
Forward Viewing
Perfect Prox
Right Angle Viewing
Perfect Prox
Forward Viewing
V8-T5-60 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors, continued
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-62.
1 Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance card at this range.
2 Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance card at this range.
3 Consult factory for approval status.
Operating
Voltage
Nominal
Range 1
Optimum
Range
Cut-Off
Range 2Filed of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number
Perfect Prox Right Angle Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
(NPN)
2 in (50 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2.25 in (64 mm)
Visible red 6 ft cable 13104R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13104RQD03
4 in (100 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.35 in (9 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13104RS5013
4-pin micro AC connector 13104RS5003
6 in (150 mm)
standard cutoff
0.1 to 4 in
(3 to 100 mm)
9 in (228 mm)
and beyond
0.6 in (15 mm)
diameter at
6 in (150 mm)
Infrared 6 ft cable 13108R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13108RQD03
9 in (225 mm)
standard cutoff
0.1 to 6 in
(3 to 150 mm)
12 in (304 mm)
and beyond
0.9 in (23 mm)
diameter at
9 in (225 mm)
6 ft cable 13103R6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13103RQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
2 in (50 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2.25 in (64 mm)
Visible red 6 ft cable 13104R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13104RQD07
4 in (100 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.35 in (9 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13104RS5020
4-pin micro DC connector 13104RS5007
6 in (150 mm)
standard cutoff
0.1 to 4 in
(3 to 100 mm)
9 in (228 mm)
and beyond
0.6 in (15 mm)
diameter at
6 in (150 mm)
Infrared 6 ft cable 13108R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13108RQD07
9 in (225 mm)
standard cutoff
0.1 to 6 in
(3 to 150 mm)
12 in (304 mm)
and beyond
0.9 in (23 mm)
diameter at
9 in (225 mm)
6 ft cable 13103R6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13103RQD07
Fine Spot Perfect Prox Forward Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
(NPN)
2 in (50 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.9 to 1.8 in
(23 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.05 in (1.3 mm)
diameter at
1.7 in (43 mm)
Visible red 6 ft cable 13105A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 13105AQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
2 in (50 mm)
sharp cutoff
0.9 to 1.8 in
(23 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.05 in (1.3 mm)
diameter at
1.7 in (43 mm)
6 ft cable 13105A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 13105AQD07
Perfect Prox
Right Angle Viewing
Fine Spot
Perfect Prox
Forward Viewing
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-61
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Fiber Optic Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
This simple adapter allows glass fiber optic cables to be used with standard Comet Series diffuse reflective sensors.
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-62.
1 Ranges are with bare fibers—no lenses. Sensing range is affected by power of sensor, length of fiber optic cable and use of lenses.
Lenses will increase ranges. As bulk fiber length increases, sensing range decreases—see table below. For example, for 100 ft of fiber
(the total of source and detector fiber lengths), the excess gain shown in gain graphs below would be reduced to about 1/4 its nominal value.
2 Sensing range is based on 6 ft (2m) of plastic 1 mm diameter source and detector fiber optic cable for a total length of 13.1 ft (4m).
To determine performance with longer lengths, see graph above.
Compatible fiber optic cables are shown in Tab 9, section 9.1.
Sensing Range (Optimum Range is 50% of Sensing Range) 1
Pre-Assembled Fiber Optic Cables
Bulk Length Fibers 2Thru-Beam Mode Diffuse Reflective Mode
Operating
Voltage
Thru-Beam
Mode
Diffuse
Reflective
Mode
0.5 mm
Diameter
Fibers
1 mm
Diameter
Fibers
0.5 mm
Diameter
Fibers
1 mm
Diameter
Fibers Connection Type Catalog Number
18 mm Diameter Plastic Fiber Optic Forward Viewing
20–264 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
(NPN)
5 in (123 mm) 1.5 in
(38 mm)
2.1 in
(53 mm)
5 in
(127 mm)
0.6 in
(15 mm)
1.5 in
(38 mm)
6 ft cable 15100A6513
4-pin micro AC connector 15100AQD03
10–30 Vdc
(NPN and PNP)
5 in (123 mm) 1.5 in
(38 mm)
2.1 in
(53 mm)
5 in
(127 mm)
0.6 in
(15 mm)
1.5 in
(38 mm)
6 ft cable 15100A6517
4-pin micro DC connector 15100AQD07
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
Use our glass fiber optic adapter with any diffuse reflective sensor model—see below for details.
Sensors Fibers Catalog Number
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter with Hex Wrench
Forward viewing, diffuse reflective sensors
(ordered separately, see Page V8-T5-58)
Glass fiber optic cables
(ordered separately, see Tab 9, section 9.2)
Note: Use only with the E51KF series fibers.
6235A-6501
Plastic Fiber Optic
Forward Viewing
Glass Fiber Optic
Adapter with
Hex Wrench,
1/10
1200160
TOTAL FIBER LENGTH (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
LOSS FACTOR
1/20
TOTAL FIBER LENGTH (m)
6.10 30.5 61
40 60 80 100 120 140 180 200
12.2 18.3 24.4 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9
1/4
1/2
1/6
1/8
1/3
V8-T5-62 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables—Micro 1
Standard Cables—Mini 1
Accessories
Comet Series Sensors
Note
1 For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC Jacket
Catalog Number
PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
IRR PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
Micro-Style, Straight Female
AC 3-pin,
3-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202 —
4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
Current
Rating
at 600V
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown) Catalog Number
Mini-Style, Straight Female
13A — 3-pin 16 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602
Description Catalog Number
Retroreflectors
Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape See Tab 8, section 8.1
Mounting Brackets
A wide variety of mounting brackets for tubular sensors See Tab 8, section 8.2
Flush Mount Bracket
Contoured design is ideal for flush mounting of Right Angle Comet Series reflex to mounting
surface using 1/4-in hardware. No alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs.
304 stainless steel
6161AS5296
Flush Mount Bracket
Same as above except without contour. Ideal for right angle diffuse and thru-beam sensors.
304 stainless steel
6161AS5297
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-68.
Micro-Style,
Straight Female
1-Green
2-Red/Black
3-Red/White
2-Red/White
3-Red
4-Green
1-Red/Black
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
Mini-Style,
Straight Female
1-Green
2-Black
3-White
Flush Mount Bracket
Flush Mount Bracket
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-63
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Comet Series Sensors, continued
Technical Data and Specifications
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
Note
1The adapter will resist the entrance of moisture in the area between the lenses and the fiber ends
when properly assembled. However, moisture entry is possible during direct high pressure sprays.
Since the Comet Series sensors are rated NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13, this will not result in
damage to the sensors themselves.
Description Catalog Number
Adjustable Protective Bracket
Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from damage. Works with all Comet Series sensors
except two inch Perfect Prox models. Ideal for material handling applications with Right
Angle reflex sensors. Provides locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent
adjustment in each axis. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel
E58KS5200
Comet Ball Swivel Bracket
Allows 360° rotation and 10° vertical tilt. Hole spacing is identical to our 50 and 55 Series
sensors. Ideal for mounting Right Angle sensors. Made of Noryl.
6181AS5200
Accessories
Replacement mounting brackets, nuts and other accessories See Tab 8, sections 8.2
and 8.3
Connector Cables
A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories See Tab 10, section 10.1
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-68.
Description Specification
Sensor specifications See Comet Series specifications on Page V8-T5-64
Material of construction Adapter: 360 brass; gasket: silicone
Vibration (sensor/adapter) 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz
Shock (sensor/adapter) 50g for 10 ms 1/2 sinewave pulse
Enclosure ratings NEMA 1 1
Adjustable Protective
Bracket
Comet Ball Swivel
Bracket
V8-T5-64 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Notes
1Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (indicator LED flashes). Turn power OFF and back ON to reset.
IMPORTANT: During installation, correct power connections must be made first to ensure fail-safe short circuit protection of outputs.
2Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (indicator LED flashes). Sensor will reset when short is removed.
3These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications.
4NEMA 6P models available—contact factory.
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Description
AC/DC Models
(AC Operation)
AC/DC Models
(DC Operation) DC-Only Models
Two-Wire Sensors
AC Models DC Models
Input voltage 20 to 264 Vac, 50/60 Hz 15 to 30 Vdc
(15 to 24 Vdc above
131°F/55°C)
10 to 30 Vdc,
(10 to 24 Vdc above
131°F/55°C)
90 to 132 Vac, 50/60 Hz 18 to 50 Vdc
Power dissipation 1.5W maximum 1.5W maximum 1W maximum 2W maximum 2W maximum
Output type VMOS (bi-directional) NPN (sink) NPN and PNP (dual outputs) DMOS DMOS
Current switching 300 mA maximum 300 mA maximum PNP: 100 mA maximum;
NPN: 250 mA maximum
(NPN: 120 mA maximum above
131°F/55°C)
300 mA 300 mA
Voltage switching 375V peak maximum 375V peak maximum 30 Vdc maximum 132 Vac maximum 50 Vdc maximum
Off-state leakage 250 μA typical;
500 μA maximum
250 μA typical;
500 μA maximum
10 μA maximum 1.7 mA maximum 1.5 mA maximum
Surge current 2A maximum 2A maximum 1A maximum 1A maximum 1A maximum
On-state voltage drop — 1.8V at 10 mA; 3.5V at 300 mA NPN: 400 mV at 10 mA,
1.5V at 250 mA;
PNP: 2.4V at 100 mA
10 Vac 8 Vdc
Response time 10 ms 10 ms 1 ms; 3.5 ms (thru-beam) 32 ms 32 ms
Time delay Models with fixed time delay
available—contact factory
Models with fixed time delay
available—contact factory
Models with fixed time delay
available—contact factory
Models with fixed time delay
available—contact factory
Models with fixed time delay
available—contact factory
Short circuit protection 112Auto reset Auto reset
Temperature range
Thru-beam source –4° to 158°F (–20° to 70°C) –4° to 158°F (–20° to 70°C) –4° to 158°F (–20° to 70°C) –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C) –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C)
All others –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C) –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C) –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C) — —
Light/dark operation Switch selectable Switch selectable Switch selectable Switch selectable Switch selectable
Description All Models
Enclosure material Lens: polycarbonate; cable jacket: PVC; body: structural polyurethane foam (do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones)
Cable/connector Cable versions: 6 ft cable (22 AWG)
Connector versions: Male mini- and micro-connectors (refer to wiring diagrams for number of pins per model) on nominal 8 in pigtails
Vibration and shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; shock: 100g for 3 ms 1/2 sine wave pulse
Indicator LED Lights steady when output is ON; flashes when short circuit protection is in latch condition (except two-wire models)
Sunlight immunity Perfect Prox: 5000 ft-candles; all others: 10,000 ft-candles
Enclosure ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 34; IP69K
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-65
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Excess Gain
Thru-Beam Sensors Reflex Sensors, Diffuse Reflective Sensors and Focused Diffuse Reflective Sensors
Thru-Beam
1. 12100A and 12100R detectors using
11100A or 11100R sources
2. 12102A detectors using 11102A sources
Reflex (3 In Diameter
Retroreflector)
1. 14100A/14102A
2. 14102R
3. 14101A
4. 14101R
Diffuse Reflective
(90% Reflective White Card)
5. 13107
6. 13100
7. 13106
Focused Diffuse Reflective
8. 13102A Typical
9. 13102A Minimum
Perfect Prox Sensors
1. 13108A/13108R
2. 13104A
3. 13104RS
4. 13103A/13103R
5. 13101A Typical
6. 13101A Minimum
7. 13101AS
8. 13104R
9. 13105A Typical
10. 13105A Minimum
Fiber Optic Sensors (Performance using 13.1 ft [4m] of fiber) Glass Fiber Optic Adapters
Thru-Beam Mode
1. 15100 with 1 mm diameter fibers
2. 15100 with 0.5 mm diameter fibers
Diffuse Reflective Mode
1. 15100 with 1 mm diameter fibers
2. 15100 with 0.5 mm diameter fibers
When Using Single Fibers
for Thru-Beam Sensing
Gain using E51KF823 fibers
1. 13100A Comet
2. 13106A Comet
When Using Duplex
Fibers for Diffuse
Reflective Sensing
Gain using E51KF723 fibers, based on 90%
reflective white card
3. 13100A Comet
4. 13106A Comet
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
EXCESS
G
AIN
100
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
12
RAN
G
E (m)
RAN
G
E (feet)
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RAN
G
E (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RAN
G
E (m)
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
1
2
3
4
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RAN
G
E (
i
n
c
hes)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RAN
G
E (mm)
252.5 254 2540
5
6
7
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RAN
G
E (
i
n
c
hes)
100
RAN
G
E (mm)
252.5 254 2540
8
9
EXCESS GAIN
300
10
1
10.1 10
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RAN
G
E (mm)
252.5 254
2
1
3
300
10
1
10.1 10
RANGE (inches)
100
RANGE (mm)
252.5 254
4
5
6
300
10
1
10.1 10
RANGE (inches)
100
RAN
G
E (mm)
252.5 254
8
9
7
10
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RAN
G
E (
i
n
c
hes)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RAN
G
E (mm)
252.5 254 2540
1
2
EXCESS GAIN
1
2
RANGE (mm)
RANGE (inches)
1000
100
10
1
0.25 2.5 25 254
0.01 0.1 1.0 10
1
2
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RAN
G
E (
i
n
c
hes)
EXCESS
G
AIN
100
RAN
G
E (mm)
252.5 254 2540
1
2
1000
10
1
0.10.01 1 10
RAN
G
E (
i
n
c
hes)
EXCESS
G
AIN
100
RAN
G
E (mm)
2.50.25 25 254
3
4
V8-T5-66 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
AC/DC Models (AC Connection)
AC Models (AC Connection)
AC/DC Models (DC Connection)
DC Models (Two-Wire)
DC Models (Four-Wire)
Notes
CAUTION: AC/DC connector version sensors use an AC-type connector. Use of DC power
with AC-type connectors may not conform with established standards.
For connector versions, the pin numbering and color codes shown are typical of several
manufacturers. However, variations are possible. In case of discrepancies, rely on function
indicated and pin location rather than pin number or color code.
* No connection when using thru-beam sources.
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm), unless otherwise noted
Sensor with Adapter Installed
L1
L2
Switched
L1
Blue
Brown
Black*
AC 20 to 264 V
Connector Version-Face View Male
Load
4
1
2
3
Switched
L1 (Red/White)
(Red/Black)
(Red)*
Load
No Connection (Green)
L1
L2
Cable Version
AC/DC
Comet
1
L1
L2
Blue
Brown
AC 90 to 132 V
Connector Version-Face View Male
Load
1
2
3
Load
L1
L2
Cable Version
AC
Comet
( - )
+V
NPN
Output
(Sink)
Blue
Brown
Black*
DC 15 to 30 V
Connector Version-Face View Male
Load
4
1
2
3
NPN
Output
(Sink)
(Red/White)
(Red/Black)
(Red)*
Load
No Connection (Green)
( - )
+V
Cable Version
AC/DC
Comet
1
( -)
+V
Brown Brown
Blue
PNP
Output
(Source)
NPN
Output
(Sink)
Blue
DC 18 to 50 V
Connector Version-Face View Male
( - )
+V
Cable Version
4
1
3
2
DC
Comet
LoadLoad
Load
1
( -)
+V
NPN
Output
(Sink)
Red
Black
Green*
DC 10 to 30 V
Connector Version-Face View Male
Load
NPN
Output
(Sink)
(Brown)
(White)* (Black)*
( - )
+V
Cable Version
4
1
3
2
White*
Load
PNP
Output
(Source)
PNP
Output
(Source)
(Blue) Load
Load
DC
Comet
1
Indicator LED
2.6 (66.0)**
1.5 (38.1)**
0.32
* Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8)
Cable Versions: 6 feet (2m)
Cable
length*
1.69 (42.9)
0.56
0.66
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm)
1.0
0.32
** Maximum - based on 13100A Sensor
Gasket Adapter
(14.2)
(8.1)
(16.8)
(8.1) (25.4)
Micro Connector
(quick-disconnect
versions only)*
Micro
Connector
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-67
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm), unless otherwise noted
Comet Series Sensor Dimensions and Specifications
Light/Dark
Adjustment
Gain
Adjustment
LED
0.47
(11.9) M 18 x 1.0
Thread (mm) –
sensor ts
into a 0.75 (19.1)
dia. hole
"A"
1.00 (25.4)
"B"
0.32
(8.1)
0.11
(2.8)
"C"
Cable
length*
1.69 (42.9)
0.56
(14.2)
Mini or Micro Connector
(quick-disconnect
versions only)*
*
0.125 (3.2) Diameter
Thru Holes (2 places) Use
#4 Hardware Only
Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8)
Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)
0.6
(15.2)
"D" 0.5
(12.7)
"2"
"3"
"4"
"5"
"6"
Body
Type
"1"
Micro
Connector
Dimensions Adjustments Body
TypeCatalog Number A B C D Light/ Dark Gain
11100A 2.20 (56) 0.65 (17) 0.25 (6) N/A No No 2
11100R 2.55 (65) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15) 0.20 (5) No No 4
11102A 2.75 (70) 0.65 (17) 1.10 (28) N/A No No 1
12100A 2.20 (56) 0.65 (17) 0.25 (6) N/A Yes Yes 2
12100R 2.55 (65) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15) 0.20 (5) Yes Yes 4
12102A 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.29 (7) N/A Yes Yes 1
13100A, 13106A 2.20 (56) 0.65 (17) 0.25 (6) N/A Yes Yes 2
13100R, 13106R 2.55 (65) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15) 0.20 (5) Yes Yes 4
13101A, 13104A 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.25 (6) N/A Yes No 1
13102A, 13103A, 13105A, 13108A 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.25 (6) N/A Yes Yes 1
13104R 3.02 (77) 0.60 (15) 1.10 (28) 0.20 (5) Yes No 6
14100A, 14102A 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.29 (7) N/A Yes Yes 1
14101R, 14102R 3.00 (76) 0.60 (15) 0.70 (18) 0.20 (5) Yes Yes 5
14101A 2.64 (67) 0.60 (15) 0.29 (7) N/A Yes Yes 1
15100A, 15101A 2.87 (73) 0.60 (15) 0.60 (15) N/A Yes Yes 3
V8-T5-68 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.5
Photoelectric Sensors
Comet Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm), unless otherwise noted
Accessories
Flush Mount Bracket—6161AS5296
Flush Mount Bracket—6161AS5297
Adjustable Protective Bracket
Comet Ball Swivel Bracket
0.73
(19)
1.0 0
(25.5)
1.48
(37.5) 2.08
(53)
440-12 Stud
2 Places
0.63
(16)
0.30
(7.6)
1.75
(44)
0.60
(15)
0.68
(17)
ø 0.281 (7.1)
4 Places
R 0.25 (6)
4 Places 0.375 (9.5)
1.0 0
(25.5)
1.48
(37.5) 2.08
(53)
440-12 Stud
2 Places
0.63
(16)
0.30
(7.6)
1.75
(44)
ø 0.281 (7.1)
4 Places
R 0.25 (6)
4 Places 0.375 (9.5)
2.70
(68.6) 2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)
2.47
(62.7)
2.63
(66.8) 1.63
(41.4)
4.31
(109.5)
1.38
(35.1)
1.20
(30.5)
1.20
(30.5)
0.70
(17.8) 4.00 (101.6)
0.74
(18.8)
0.37
(9.4)
1.18
(30.0)
1.64
(41.7)
0.23
(5.8)
ø 0.20 (5.1)
2 Places
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-69
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
Prism Series Sensors
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-70
Product Selection
Thru-Beam Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-70
Reflex and Diffuse Reflective Sensors . . . . V8-T5-71
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-71
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-72
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-72
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-73
Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-74
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-75
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-76
Prism Series Sensors
Product Description
The Prism Series from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector is
a cost-effective line of
miniature photoelectric
sensors with twice the
optical gain of other sensors
in this product class. Forward
and Right Angle viewing
models feature identical gain
and optical characteristics for
the best fit on your machine.
A gain control allows quick
adjustment for peak optical
performance in a variety of
applications.
Four sensing modes are
available, including polarized
reflex to eliminate reliability
problems when sensing shiny
objects. Visible red sensing
beams throughout the Prism
Series allow you to see
exactly where the sensors
are aimed for easier setup.
Models are available
preconfigured in either light
or dark operate modes.
The unique threaded body
with flat sides allows quick
mounting in a 3/4 in hole or
against any flat surface.
Internal components are
rigidly sealed in a solid
encapsulated package for
excellent performance in
high-vibration and high-shock
applications.
See Page V8-T5-73 for
details on the Prism Series’
flexible isolated output.
Features
●Small size for use in a wide
variety of applications and
locations
●High sensing power for
longer ranges and
resistance to dust and dirt
●Adjustable gain control to
ensure peak optical
performance
●High noise immunity which
greatly reduces problems
associated with electrical
noise
●AC/DC models which allow
you to order and stock one
model for both voltages
●DC only models which
offer lower cost options in
all sensing modes
●Isolated outputs for wiring
flexibility
●Short circuit protection
●Quick 3 ms response time
on all models
●Highly visible output status
LED
●Built-in cable models allow
for lowest cost wiring
●Micro-connector models
provide for quick
installation or replacement
●Custom cable length
options
Standards and Certifications
●UL Recognized
●cUL Recognized
●CE
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
V8-T5-70 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Product Overview
Product Comparison
Eaton’s cost-effective Prism
Series, OEM Prism and
premium Comet Series all
share the same 18 mm flat-
sided housing. This results in
the largest interchangeable
sensor family available,
allowing you to select from
well over 250 different models
to solve the widest variety of
sensing applications.
Comparison
Compared to the similar-
looking Comet, the Prism
Series is optimized for just
value, with a basic feature set
best suited for OEMs:
●DC and AC/DC versions
●Isolated AC/DC solid-state
outputs
Prism Series
Easy and Flexible Wiring
Prism’s isolated output
simplifies wiring because it
acts like a mechanical relay
contact but with solid-state
speed and reliability. Use the
most convenient available
voltage for the sensor while
switching to a different
voltage with the isolated
contact. NPN or PNP is easily
determined by the way you
wire the output.
Wiring the Prism Series
for Logic
With Prism, you can perform
simple “and/or” logic without
the need for the added cost
of an external controller.
Low leakage (10 μA) and
resistance ratings (25 ohms)
allow Prism sensor outputs to
be wired in series or parallel.
Two common logic examples
are shown at right:
“OR” Function
“AND” Function
Product Selection
Thru-Beam Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-72.
1 Synchronous design requires source and detector to be wired to one another.
CommonPower A
B
C
Load
A
off
ON
off
off
B
off
off
ON
off
C
off
off
off
ON
OUTPUT
off
ON
ON
ON
Load
Common
AB
Power
A
off
ON
off
ON
B
off
off
ON
ON
OUTPUT
off
off
off
ON
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range Field of View
Thru-Beam
Component Connection Type
Light Operate
Catalog Number
Dark Operate
Catalog Number
Thru-Beam Forward Viewing
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
20 ft (6m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
20 in (0.5m)
diameter at
10 ft (3m)
Source 6 ft cable 11155AA14 11155AA14
4-pin micro AC connector 11155AA04 11155AA04
Detector 6 ft cable 12155AL10 12155AD10
4-pin micro AC connector 12155AL04 12155AD04
10–30 Vdc 20 ft (6m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
20 in (0.5m)
diameter at
10 ft (3m)
Source 6 ft cable 11155AA17 11155AA17
4-pin micro DC connector 11155AA07 11155AA07
Detector 6 ft cable 12155AL10 12155AD10
4-pin micro DC connector 12155AL07 12155AD07
Thru-Beam Right Angle Viewing
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz
or 15–30 Vdc
20 ft (6m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
20 in (0.5m)
diameter at
10 ft (3m)
Source 6 ft cable 11155RA14 11155RA14
4-pin micro AC connector 11155RA04 11155RA04
Detector 6 ft cable 12155RL10 12155RD10
4-pin micro AC connector 12155RL04 12155RD04
10–30 Vdc 20 ft (6m) 0.1 to 10 ft
(0.03 to 3m)
20 in (0.5m)
diameter at
10 ft (3m)
Source 6 ft cable 11155RA17 11155RA17
4-pin micro DC connector 11155RA07 11155RA07
Detector 6 ft cable 12155RL10 12155RD10
4-pin micro DC connector 12155RL07 12155RD07
Wiring Diagrams, see Page V8-T5-75.
Thru-Beam Forward
Viewing 1
Source
Detector
Thru-Beam Right Angle
Viewing 1
Source
Detector
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-71
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Reflex and Diffuse Reflective Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
This simple adapter allows glass fiber optic cables to be used with standard Comet Series diffuse reflective sensors.
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-72.
1 For complete system, order sensor and retroreflector (see Tab 8, section 8.1).
2 Retroreflector not included.
3 Ranges based on a 3 in diameter retroreflector.
4 Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance white card at this range.
Operating
Voltage Type
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range Field of View Connection Type
Light Operate
Catalog Number
Dark Operate
Catalog Number
Reflex—Forward Viewing
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
Standard
reflex
15 ft (4.5m) 30.1 to 12 ft
(0.03 to 3.6m)
3 in (76 mm)
diameter at
12 ft (3.6m)
6 ft cable 14150AL14 14150AD14
4-pin micro AC connector 14150AL04 14150AD04
Polarized
reflex
10 ft (3m) 30.1 to 8 ft
(0.03 to 2.4m)
6 ft cable 14151AL14 14151AD14
4-pin micro AC connector 14151AL04 14151AD04
10–30 Vdc Standard
reflex
15 ft (4.5m) 30.1 to 12 ft
(0.03 to 3.6m)
3 in (76 mm)
diameter at
12 ft (3.6m)
6 ft cable 14150AL17 14150AD17
4-pin micro DC connector 14150AL07 14150AD07
Polarized
reflex
10 ft (3m) 30.1 to 8 ft
(0.03 to 2.4m)
6 ft cable 14151AL17 14151AD17
4-pin micro DC connector 14151AL07 14151AD07
Reflex—Right Angle Viewing
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
Standard
reflex
15 ft (4.5m) 30.1 to 12 ft
(0.03 to 3.6m)
3 in (76 mm)
diameter at
12 ft (3.6m)
6 ft cable 14150RL14 14150RD14
4-pin micro AC connector 14150RL04 14150RD04
Polarized
reflex
10 ft (3m) 30.1 to 8 ft
(0.03 to 2.4m)
6 ft cable 14151RL14 14151RD14
4-pin micro AC connector 14151RL04 14151RD04
10–30 Vdc Standard
reflex
15 ft (4.5m) 30.1 to 12 ft
(0.03 to 3.6m)
3 in (76 mm)
diameter at
12 ft (3.6m)
6 ft cable 14150RL17 14150RD17
4-pin micro DC connector 14150RL07 14150RD07
Polarized
reflex
10 ft (3m) 30.1 to 8 ft
(0.03 to 2.4m)
6 ft cable 14151RL17 14151RD17
4-pin micro DC connector 14151RL07 14151RD07
Diffuse Reflective Forward Viewing
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
—8 in
(200 mm)
40.15 to 5 in
(4 to 127 mm)
0.6 in (15 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13150AL14 13150AD14
4-pin micro AC connector 13150AL04 13150AD04
10–30 Vdc — 8 in
(200 mm)
40.15 to 5 in
(4 to 127 mm)
0.6 in (15 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13150AL17 13150AD17
4-pin micro DC connector 13150AL07 13150AD07
Diffuse Reflective Right Angle Viewing
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
—8 in
(200 mm)
40.15 to 5 in
(4 to 127 mm)
0.6 in (15 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13150RL14 13150RD14
4-pin micro AC connector 13150RL04 13150RD04
10–30 Vdc — 8 in
(200 mm)
40.15 to 5 in
(4 to 127 mm)
6 in (15 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
6 ft cable 13150RL17 13150RD17
4-pin micro DC connector 13150RL07 13150RD07
Sensors Fibers Catalog Number
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter with Hex Wrench
Forward viewing, diffuse reflective sensors
(ordered separately, see table above)
Glass fiber optic cables
(ordered separately, see Tab 9, section 9.2)
6235A-6501
Reflex—Forward
Viewing 1
Sensor
Retroreflector 2
Reflex—Right Angle
Viewing 1
Retroreflector 2
Sensor
Diffuse Reflective
Forward Viewing
Diffuse Reflective
Right Angle Viewing
Glass Fiber Optic
Adapter with
Hex Wrench
V8-T5-72 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables—Micro 1
Accessories
Prism Series Sensors
Note
1 For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC Jacket
Catalog Number
PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
IRR PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
Micro-Style, Straight Female
AC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
Description Catalog Number
Retroreflectors
Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape See Tab 8, section 8.1
Mounting Brackets
A wide variety of mounting brackets for tubular sensors See Tab 8, section 8.2
Flush Mount Bracket
Contoured design is ideal for flush mounting of Right Angle Prism Series reflex to mounting
surface using 1/4 in hardware. No alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs.
304 stainless steel
6161AS5296
Flush Mount Bracket
Same as above except without contour. Ideal for right angle diffuse and thru-beam sensors.
304 Stainless Steel
6161AS5297
Adjustable Protective Bracket
Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from damage. Works with all Prism Series sensors.
Ideal for material handling applications with Prism right angle reflex sensors. Provides
locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustment in each axis. Sensor
mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel
E58KS5200
Comet/Prism Ball Swivel Bracket
Allows 360° rotation and 10° vertical tilt. Hole spacing is identical to our 50 and 55 Series
sensors. Ideal for mounting Right Angle sensors. Made of Noryl.
6181AS5200
Accessories
Replacement mounting nuts and other accessories See Tab 8, sections 8.2 and 8.3
Connector Cables
A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories See Tab 10, section 10.1
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-76.
Micro-Style,
Straight Female
2-Red/White
3-Red
4-Green
1-Red/Black
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
Flush Mount Bracket
Flush Mount Bracket
Adjustable Protective
Bracket
Comet/Prism Ball
Swivel Bracket
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-73
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
Prism Series Sensors
Notes
1The adapter will resist the entrance of moisture in the area between the lenses and the fiber ends when properly assembled. However, moisture
entry is possible during direct high pressure sprays. Since the Prism Series sensors are rated NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13, this will not
result in damage to the sensors themselves.
2IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short circuit condition)
3Do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones.
4Photoelectric sensors conform to NEMA tests as indicated above, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA
test specifications.
Description Specification
Sensor specifications See Prism Series specifications below
Material of construction Adapter: 360 brass; gasket: silicone
Vibration (sensor/adapter) 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz
Shock (sensor/adapter) 50g for 10 ms 1/2 sinewave pulse
Enclosure ratings NEMA 1 1
Description AC/DC Models DC Only Models
Input voltage 20 to 132 Vac, 50/60 Hz or 15 to 30 Vdc 10 to 30 Vdc
Power dissipation Thru-beam: 2W maximum;
All others: 1.5W maximum
Thru-beam: 1.5W maximum;
All others: 1W maximum
Output type Solid-state relay Solid-state relay
Output isolation 400V maximum 400V maximum
Voltage switching capacity 200 Vac peak; 180 Vdc 200 Vac peak; 180 Vdc
Current switching capacity 80 mA AC load, 110 mA at 132 Vdc
(derate to 100 mA at 180 Vdc)
80 mA AC load, 110 mA at 132 Vdc
(derate to 100 mA at 180 Vdc)
Off-state leakage 10 μA maximum 10 μA maximum
On-state resistance 25 ohms maximum 25 ohms maximum
Short circuit protection Protected (current limited) for loads
less than 32 Vac or Vdc 2
Protected (current limited) for loads
less than 32 Vac or Vdc 2
Response time 3 ms 3 ms
Light/dark operation Specified by catalog number Specified by catalog number
Temperature range
Operating –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C) –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C)
Storage –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C) –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
Material of construction Lens: polycarbonate; cable jacket: PVC;
body: structural polyurethane foam 3
Lens: polycarbonate; cable jacket: PVC;
body: structural polyurethane foam 3
Cable versions 2m length, 4-conductor cable;
micro 4-pin male connector
2m length, 4-conductor cable;
micro 4-pin male connector
Connector versions Micro-connector
4-pin male AC or DC key (by model)
Micro-connector
4-pin male AC or DC key (by model)
Vibration and shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz;
shock: 50g for 10 ms 1/2 sine wave pulse
Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz;
shock: 50g for 10 ms 1/2 sine wave pulse
LED indicator Thru-beam source: Lights steady when power is
ON; all others: Light steady when output is ON
Thru-beam source: Lights steady when power is
ON; all others: Light steady when output is ON
Thru-beam alignment aid Detector includes a visible LED behind lens that
lights steady when beam is complete
Detector includes a visible LED behind lens that
lights steady when beam is complete
Enclosure ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 4NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 4
V8-T5-74 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Excess Gain
Thru-Beam Sensors Reflex and Diffuse Reflective Sensors
Thru-Beam
Polarized Reflex (3 in
diameter retroreflector)
1. 14151 Typical performance
2. 14151 Minimum performance
Diffuse Reflective (90%
reflective white card)
3. 13151 Typical performance
4. 13151 Minimum performance
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
When Using Single Fibers
for Thru-Beam Sensing
Gain using E51KF823 fibers
1. 13150A Prism
When Using Duplex
Fibers for Diffuse
Reflective Sensing
Gain using E51KF723 fibers, based on 90%
reflective white card
2. 13150A Prism
1000
10
1
10.1 10 10 0
RANGE (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (m)
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
1000
10
1
10.1 10 10 0
RANGE (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (m)
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
1
2
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
252.5 254 2540
3
4
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (inches)
EXCESSGAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
252.5 254 2540
1
1000
10
1
0.10.01 1 10
RANGE (inches)
EXCESSGAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
2.50.25 25 254
2
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-75
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
Thru-Beam Sensors
See Prism Series wiring diagrams below for details on
wiring power and output.
Prism Series Sensors
AC/DC Models 12
All AC/DC Models (except Thru-Beam)
AC/DC Thru-Beam Wiring
AC/DC Isolated Output Options
DC Models 123
All DC Models (except Thru-Beam)
DC Thru-Beam Wiring
DC Isolated Output Options
Notes
1Cable versions: The color codes are the actual wire colors emanating from the sensor.
2Connector versions: The pin numbering and wire colors, shown in ( ), are typical of several
manufacturers, however, variations are possible. In case of discrepancies, rely on function
indicated and pin location rather than pin number or wire color.
3Sensor operates on DC voltage, but isolated output can switch AC or DC loads.
Brown
Blue
White
Prism
Detector
Black
Prism
Source
Violet
Orange
Violet
Orange
Sync +
Sync –
Input Power Output
Brown
Blue
White
Connector Version-Face View Male
Cable Version
AC/DC
Prism
Black
See
Output
Options
Below
See
Output
Options
Below
L2 or (–)
L1 or +V
AC 20 to 132 V
or DC 15 to 30 V
L2 or (–)
L1 or +V
4
1
2
3
(Red/White)
(Red/Black)
(Green)
(Red)
Brown
Blue
Orange: Sync –
Connector Version-Face View Male
Cable Version
Prism
Detector
Violet: Sync +
L2 or (–)
L1 or +V
AC 20 to 132 V
or DC 15 to 30 V
L2 or (–)
L1 or +V
4
1
2
3
(Red/White)
(Red/Black)
(Green)
(Red)
AC/DC
Prism
Source
Black
White
See
Output
Options
4
1
2
3See
Output
Options
(Green)
(Red)
Prism Source
(Red/Black)
(Red/White)
Sync –
Sync +
Prism Detector
(–)
+V
Black (Pin 3)
White (Pin 4)
DC NPN (Sink)
Load
DC PNP (Source)
Load
L2
L1
AC Load
Maximum:
110 mA @
132 Volts Load
Black (Pin 3)
White (Pin 4)
Black (Pin 3)
White (Pin 4)
Maximum:
80 mA @
132 Volts
Black wires are shown as switched output, however black and gray wires are bidirectional.
( - )
+V
Brown
Blue
DC 10 to 30 V
Connector Version-Face View Male
( - )
+V
Cable Version
DC
Prism
Black See
Output
Options
Below
See
Output
Options
Below 4
1
3
2
See
Output
Options
Below
(Blue)
(Brown)
(White)
(Black)
Brown
Blue
Orange: Sync –
Connector Version-Face View Male
Cable Version
Prism
Detector
Violet: Sync +
( - )
+V
( - )
+V
DC
Prism
Source
Black
White
See
Output
Options
Prism Source
Sync +
Sync –
Prism Detector
DC 10 to 30 V
(Blue)
(Brown)
(White)
(Black)
4
1
3
2
4
1
3
2
(Brown)
(Blue)
(White)
(Black)
See
Output
Options
( - )
+V
Black (Pin 4)
White (Pin 2)
DC NPN (Sink)
Load
DC PNP (Source)
Load
L2
L1
AC Load
(Isolated from DC Sensor Power)
Maximum:
110 mA @
132 Volts
Load
Black (Pin 4)
White (Pin 2)
Black (Pin 4)
White (Pin 2)
Maximum:
80 mA @
132 Volts
Black wires are shown as switched output, however black and gray wires are bidirectional.
V8-T5-76 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) except where noted.
Sensor with Adapter Installed
Reflex and Polarized Reflex Models
Diffuse Reflective and Thru-Beam Models
Indicator LED
2.6 (66.0)**
1.5 (38.1)**
0.32
* Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8)
Cable Versions: 6 feet (2m)
Cable
length*
1.69 (42.9)
0.56
0.66
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm)
1.0
0.32
** Maximum - based on 13100A Sensor
Gasket Adapter
(14.2)
(8.1)
(16.8)
(8.1) (25.4)
Micro Connector
(quick-disconnect
versions only)*
Micro
Connector
LED
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) –
ts into a 0.75 (19) hole
0.125 (3.2) Diameter
Thru Holes (2 places) Use
#4 Hardware Only
2.75 (69.9)
1.00 (25.4)
0.75
(19.1)
0.25
(6.4) 0.47
(11.9)
0.5
(12.7)
0.6 (15.2)
0.6
(15.2)
1.07
(27.2)
0.5
(12.7)
0.11
(2.8)
0.32
Cable
length*
1.69 (42.9)
0.56
(14.2)
(8.1)
Micro Connector
(quick-disconnect
versions only)*
*Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8)
Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)
Right Angle
Viewing Models
Gain
Adjustment
Gain
Adjustment
LED
"A"
"B"
Cable
length*
Micro Connector
(quick-disconnect
versions only)*
Right Angle
Viewing Models
Right angle viewing: A = 2.6 (66.0); B = 0.65 (16.5)
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) –
ts into a 0.75 (19) hole
0.125 (3.2) Diameter
Thru Holes (2 places) Use
#4 Hardware Only
0.47
(11.9)
0.2
(5.1)
0.7
(17.8)
0.11
(2.8)
C
L
1.00 (25.4) 0.25
(6.4)
0.56
(14.2)
*Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8)
Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)
0.32
1.69 (42.9) (8.1)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-77
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.6
Photoelectric Sensors
Prism Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Accessories
Flush Mount Bracket—6161AS5296
Flush Mount Bracket—6161AS5297
Adjustable Protective Bracket
Comet/Prism Ball Swivel Bracket
0.73
(19)
1.0 0
(25.5)
1.48
(37.5) 2.08
(53)
440-12 Stud
2 Places
0.63
(16)
0.30
(7.6)
1.75
(44)
0.60
(15)
0.68
(17)
ø 0.281 (7.1)
4 Places
R 0.25 (6)
4 Places 0.375 (9.5)
1.0 0
(25.5)
1.48
(37.5) 2.08
(53)
440-12 Stud
2 Places
0.63
(16)
0.30
(7.6)
1.75
(44)
ø 0.281 (7.1)
4 Places
R 0.25 (6)
4 Places 0.375 (9.5)
2.70
(68.6) 2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)
2.47
(62.7)
2.63
(66.8) 1.63
(41.4)
4.31
(109.5)
1.38
(35.1)
1.20
(30.5)
1.20
(30.5)
0.70
(17.8) 4.00 (101.6)
0.74
(18.8)
0.37
(9.4)
1.18
(30.0)
1.64
(41.7)
0.23
(5.8)
ø 0.20 (5.1)
2 Places
V8-T5-78 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.7
Photoelectric Sensors
OEM Prism Series Sensors
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-70
Product Selection
OEM Prism Series Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-79
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-80
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-80
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-81
Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-81
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-82
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-82
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Product Description
The OEM Prism Series from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector is
very similar to our standard
cost-effective Prism Series
and has been optimized for
high volume OEM use. In
place of the isolated output
found in the standard models,
the OEM Prism features dual
or single discrete outputs for
simple wiring. In addition,
OEM Prism sensors are
shipped bulk packaged for
easier handling by both the
receiver and the installer.
Forward and Right Angle
viewing models feature
identical gain and optical
characteristics for the best fit
on your machine. A gain
control allows quick
adjustment for peak optical
performance in a variety of
applications. Both diffuse
reflective and polarized reflex
models are available.
All models are 10–30 Vdc
only to meet the evolving
needs of your customers.
Polarized reflex units
eliminate reliability problems
when sensing shiny objects.
Visible red sensing beams
allow you to see exactly
where the sensors are aimed
for easier setup. Models are
available preconfigured in
either light or dark operate
modes.
The unique threaded body
with flat sides allows quick
mounting in a 3/4 in hole or
against any flat surface.
Internal components are
rigidly sealed in a solid
encapsulated package for
excellent performance in
high-vibration and high-shock
applications.
Features
●Small size for use in a wide
variety of applications and
locations
●Sensors are shipped bulk-
packed for the convenience
of high volume users
●High sensing power for
longer ranges and
resistance to dust and dirt
●Adjustable gain control to
ensure peak optical
performance
●High noise immunity,
which greatly reduces
problems associated with
electrical noise
●NPN and PNP outputs
provided in a single sensor
for simple wiring
●Short circuit protection
●Quick 1.2 ms response
time
●Output status LED is highly
visible from a wide 300°
angle
●Cable models allow for
lowest cost wiring
●Micro-connector models
provide for quick
installation or replacement
●Custom cable length
options
Standards and Certifications
●CE
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-79
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.7
Photoelectric Sensors
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Product Overview
Product Comparison
Eaton’s cost-effective Prism
Series, OEM Prism and
premium Comet Series all
share the same 18 mm flat-
sided housing. This results in
the largest interchangeable
sensor family available, allowing
you to select from well over
250 different models to solve
the widest variety of sensing
applications.
Comparison
Compared to the similar-
looking Comet, the OEM
Prism is optimized for value,
with a basic feature set best
suited for OEMs.
Product Selection
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-80.
1 Contact factory for approval status.
2 For a complete system, order sensor and retroreflector (see Tab 8, section 8.1).
3 Retroreflector not included.
4 Ranges based on a 3 in diameter retroreflector.
5 Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance white card at this range.
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range Field of View Output Type Connection Type
Light Operate
Catalog Number
Dark Operate
Catalog Number
Polarized Reflex Forward Viewing 12
10–30 Vdc 10 ft (3m)40.1 to 8 ft
(0.03 to 2.4m)
3 in (76 mm)
diameter at
12 ft (3.6m)
NPN and PNP 6 ft cable 14156AL17B1 14156AD17B1
4-pin micro DC connector 14156AL07B1 14156AD07B1
Polarized Reflex Right Angle Viewing 12
10–30 Vdc 10 ft (3m)40.1 to 8 ft
(0.03 to 2.4m)
3 in (76 mm)
diameter at
12 ft (3.6m)
NPN and PNP 6 ft cable 14156RL17B1 14156RD17B1
4-pin micro DC connector 14156RL07B1 14156RD07B1
Diffuse Reflective Right Angle Viewing 1
10–30 Vdc 8 in (200 mm) 50.1 to 5 in
(3 to 127 mm)
2 in (51 mm)
diameter at
5 in (127 mm)
NPN and PNP 6 ft cable 13156RL17B1 13156RD17B1
4-pin micro DC connector 13156RL07B1 13156RD07B1
24 in (609 mm) 50.1 to 15 in
(3 to 381 mm)
6 in (152 mm)
diameter at
15 in (381 mm)
NPN and PNP 6 ft cable 13157RL17B1 13157RD17B1
4-pin micro DC connector 13157RL07B1 13157RD07B1
Polarized Reflex
Forward Viewing
Sensor
Retroreflector 3
Polarized Reflex
Right Angle Viewing
Retroreflector 3
Sensor
Diffuse Reflective
Right Angle Viewing
V8-T5-80 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.7
Photoelectric Sensors
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables—Micro 1
Accessories
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Note
1 For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC Jacket
Catalog Number
PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
IRR PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
Micro-Style, Straight Female
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
Description Catalog Number
Retroreflectors
Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape See Tab 8, section 8.1
Mounting Brackets
A wide variety of mounting brackets for tubular sensors See Tab 8, section 8.2
Flush Mount Bracket
Contoured design is ideal for flush mounting of right angle OEM Prism Series polarized
reflex to mounting surface using 1/4 in hardware. No alignment adjustment.
Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 stainless steel
6161AS5296
Flush Mount Bracket
Same as above except without contour. Ideal for right angle diffuse sensors.
304 stainless steel
6161AS5297
Adjustable Protective Bracket
Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from damage. Works with all OEM Prism Series
sensors. Ideal for material handling applications with the OEM Prism Series right angle
polarized reflex sensor. Provides locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent
adjustment in each axis. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel
E58KS5200
Comet/Prism Ball Swivel Bracket
Allows 360° rotation and 10° vertical tilt. Hole spacing is identical to our 50 and 55 Series
sensors. Ideal for mounting Right Angle sensors. Made of Noryl.
6181AS5200
Accessories
Replacement mounting nuts and other accessories See Tab 8, sections 8.2
and 8.3
Connector Cables
A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories See Tab 10, section 10.1
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-77.
Micro-Style,
Straight Female
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
Flush Mount Bracket
Flush Mount Bracket
Adjustable Protective
Bracket
Comet/Prism Ball
Swivel Bracket
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-81
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.7
Photoelectric Sensors
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Excess Gain
Polarized Reflex (3 in diameter retroreflector)
1. 14156 Typical performance
2. 14156 Minimum performance
Diffuse Reflective (90% reflective white card)
3. 13157 Typical performance
4. 13157 Minimum performance
5. 13156 Typical performance
6. 13156 Minimum performance
Note
1Photoelectric sensors conform to NEMA tests as indicated above, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these
NEMA test specifications.
Description DC Only Models
Input voltage 10 to 30 Vdc
Power dissipation 1W maximum
Output type NPN and PNP
Current switching capacity 100 mA maximum
OFF-state leakage 10 μA maximum
ON-state voltage drop NPN: 2.0V at 100 mA; PNP: 2.5V at 100 mA
Short circuit protection Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (indicator LED flashes).
Sensor will reset when short is removed.
Response time 1.2 ms
Light/dark operation Specified by catalog number
Temperature range
Operating –13° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C)
Storage –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
Sunlight immunity 1000 ft-candles
Material of construction Lens: polycarbonate; cable jacket: PVC;
body: structural polyurethane foam (do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones)
Cable versions 2m length; 4 conductor cable
Connector versions Micro-connector, 4-pin male, DC key, on nominal 8 in pigtail
Vibration and shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; shock: 50g for 10 ms 1/2 sine wave pulse
Indicator LED Lights steady when output is ON; OFF when output is OFF: OFF when output is in short circuit mode
Enclosure ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 1
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (m)
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
1
2
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
252.5 254 2540
4
3
5
6
V8-T5-82 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.7
Photoelectric Sensors
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) except where noted
Polarized Reflex Models
Diffuse Reflective Models
Operating
Voltage Output Cable Models
Micro-Connector Models
(Face View Male Shown)
Four-Wire Sensors
10–30 Vdc NPN and PNP
BU
WH
(–)
BK Load
BN +V
Load
(–) +V
Load
Load
LED
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) –
ts into a 0.75 (19) hole
0.125 (3.2) Diameter
Thru Holes (2 places) Use
#4 Hardware Only
2.75 (69.9)
1.00 (25.4)
0.75
(19.1)
0.25
(6.4) 0.47
(11.9)
0.5
(12.7)
0.6 (15.2)
0.6
(15.2)
1.07
(27.2)
0.5
(12.7)
0.11
(2.8)
0.32
Cable
length*
1.69 (42.9)
0.56
(14.2)
(8.1)
Micro Connector
(quick-disconnect
versions only)*
*Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8)
Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)
Right Angle
Viewing Models
Gain
Adjustment
Gain
Adjustment
LED
"A"
"B"
Cable
length*
Micro Connector
(quick-disconnect
versions only)*
Right Angle
Viewing Models
Right angle viewing: A = 2.6 (66.0); B = 0.65 (16.5)
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) –
ts into a 0.75 (19) hole
0.125 (3.2) Diameter
Thru Holes (2 places) Use
#4 Hardware Only
0.47
(11.9)
0.2
(5.1)
0.7
(17.8)
0.11
(2.8)
C
L
1.00 (25.4) 0.25
(6.4)
0.56
(14.2)
*Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8)
Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)
0.32
1.69 (42.9) (8.1)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-83
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.7
Photoelectric Sensors
OEM Prism Series Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Accessories
Flush Mount Bracket—6161AS5296
Flush Mount Bracket—6161AS5297
Adjustable Protective Bracket
Comet/Prism Ball Swivel Bracket
0.73
(19)
1.0 0
(25.5)
1.48
(37.5) 2.08
(53)
440-12 Stud
2 Places
0.63
(16)
0.30
(7.6)
1.75
(44)
0.60
(15)
0.68
(17)
ø 0.281 (7.1)
4 Places
R 0.25 (6)
4 Places 0.375 (9.5)
1.0 0
(25.5)
1.48
(37.5) 2.08
(53)
440-12 Stud
2 Places
0.63
(16)
0.30
(7.6)
1.75
(44)
ø 0.281 (7.1)
4 Places
R 0.25 (6)
4 Places 0.375 (9.5)
2.70
(68.6) 2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)
2.47
(62.7)
2.63
(66.8) 1.63
(41.4)
4.31
(109.5)
1.38
(35.1)
1.20
(30.5)
1.20
(30.5)
0.70
(17.8) 4.00 (101.6)
0.74
(18.8)
0.37
(9.4)
1.18
(30.0)
1.64
(41.7)
0.23
(5.8)
ø 0.20 (5.1)
2 Places
V8-T5-84 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-85
Product Selection
Thru-Beam and Reflex Sensors . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-86
Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors V8-T5-87
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-88
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-88
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-89
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-90
Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-91
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-91
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-92
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Product Description
The E58 Harsh Duty Series by
Eaton’s Electrical Sector was
designed to withstand your
harshest physical, chemical
and optical environments.
Extensive research dictated
the choice of materials used
in this sensor. Stainless steel,
PVDF and tempered glass
components are mechanically
assembled using Viton® seals
to ensure complete sealing
and resistance to industry
chemicals. All adhesives and
potting subject to failure from
chemical attack have been
eliminated from the design.
The result is a sensor highly
resistant to chemical attack
and moisture intrusion, that
can withstand heavy shock
and vibration in almost any
application.
E58 Harsh Duty sensors
feature unparalleled optical
performance. They are ideal
for automotive applications
where exposure to lubricants,
cutting fluids, coolants and
glycols is common. For food
processing applications, a
smooth body version
simplifies high-pressure
chemical washdowns, and
withstands the use of
sanitizers, surfactants, and
cleaning agents including
diluted bases and acids.
Features
●Sensors are available in
18 mm and 30 mm
diameters
●Highly refined optics for
long sensing ranges and
to see through high levels
of contamination—
unmatched optical
performance
●Perfect Prox technology
provides exceptional
background rejection and
extremely high excess gain
●Resistant to the wide
range of chemicals used in
the automotive, food
processing and forest
products industries
●Suitable for high
temperature, high pressure
washdown (1200 psi)
●Mechanical Viton seals
hold up to extreme
temperature variations
●Visible sensing beam on all
models lets you see where
the beam is aimed for
quick setup and alignment
●Output status indicator is
the brightest available and
is visible from any angle
and in any lighting
condition
●The industry’s only
background rejection
sensors with a two-wire
circuit design
●Models available with both
AC and DC operation in a
single unit
●Four-wire DC sensors offer
dual NPN and PNP outputs
Standards and Certifications
●UL Listed
●cUL Listed
●CE
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-85
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Product Overview
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Physical Attributes
Rugged physical
construction
The E58 Harsh Duty Series
was designed from the
ground up to be the most
rugged sensor family
available. The strong metal
housing, mechanical seals
and surface mount
electronics withstand heavy
shock and vibration. The
tempered glass lens cover
provides protection in
abrasive environments, and
the sturdy cable is physically
clamped to the sensor body.
Exceptional environmental
protection and chemical
resistance
The E58 Harsh Duty Series
was designed to be used
in the automotive, food
processing and forest
products industries. It is also
well suited for applications in
related industries such as
pulp and paper, car wash and
steel. These industries are all
physically demanding on
equipment and that’s why we
designed and tested these
sensors to extreme levels of
shock and vibration.
Many sensor failures,
however, are actually due to
chemical attack so we had to
make them stand up to
constant chemical
exposure—day in and day
out. To ensure resistance to
the widest possible range of
chemicals, we conducted
extensive studies of the
chemical agents commonly
used in these industries.
We then selected only those
materials that could
withstand exposure to these
chemicals without failure in
the design of the E58 Harsh
Duty Series. In addition, we
eliminated adhesives in favor
of more reliable Viton
compression seals. Some of
the more common chemicals
against which this sensor has
been tested are listed in the
resistance chart.
This resistance chart reflects
testing of the 303 stainless
steel body used on the
standard E58 Harsh Duty
Series sensors. Additional
chemical resistance for food
industry applications is
available using sensors with
the optional 316 stainless
steel body and hard-coated
polycarbonate (or acrylic on
reflex models) lens cover.
The E58 Harsh Duty Series
was designed to resist the
chemicals shown in this table
under normal use and
conditions. Extremes of
environmental factors such
as temperature, pressure,
concentration, duration of
exposure, ultraviolet sunlight
and chemical interactions
combined with the presence
of these chemicals could
result in premature material
failure. For these cases,
testing the sensor in the
specific application is
recommended.
E58 Harsh Duty Series
Sensors Chemical
Resistance Chart
Sensing Modes
Perfect Prox
This is a unique type of diffuse
reflective sensor that
combines extremely high
sensing power (called “excess
gain”) with a sharp optical
cutoff to ignore backgrounds.
This allows the sensor to
reliably detect targets
regardless of variations in
color, reflectance, contrast or
surface shape, while ignoring
objects just slightly outside the
target range. With Perfect
Prox, the E58 Harsh Duty
Series can act just like an
inductive prox sensor—but
with up to 20 times the range
for mounting away from a
moving target so you can
avoid damage and downtime.
18 mm and 30 mm sizes, two-,
three- and four-wire circuits,
and cable, micro- and mini-
connector terminations mean
quick and easy replacement of
damaged proximity sensors. A
visible sensing beam lets you
quickly confirm the sensor is
aligned correctly in the
application.
The 18 mm Perfect Prox has
a sensing range of 2 or 4 in
(50 or 100 mm), and the
30 mm version has a range of
6 or 11 in (150 or 280 mm).
This simplified application
example shows the power
of the Perfect Prox.
Application Example
If the hole is present in the
gear, the sensor will shine
through the hole and ignore
the belt—no detection event
will occur.
If the hole in the gear is
missing, the sensor will
detect the surface of the gear
and reject the part.
Thru-Beam
This sensing mode is
available in the 30 mm
models. Rated sensing range
is 800 ft, among the longest
ranges available on the
market. This provides
extremely high excess gain
when the source and
detector are positioned at
closer, optimum ranges to
see through high levels of
contamination. A visible red
sensing beam and wide field-
of-view mean quick and easy
installation and alignment.
Polarized Reflex
Another sensing mode
available in the 30 mm
models is polarized reflex.
In this mode, the sensing
beam is reflected from a
retroreflector back to the
sensor. The maximum range
of 34 ft is also among the
longest available on the
sensor market. The polarizing
filter built into the sensor
ensures only light reflected
off a corner cube
retroreflector is recognized by
the sensor. This allows
reliable detection of shiny
targets that could reflect light
back to the sensor and be
missed by a non-polarized
version. As in all models, a
visible sensing beam is
featured for easy installation
and alignment.
Chemical
Category
Commonly
Found In
Oils, cutting fluids,
aqueous coolants
Automotive,
forest industry
Vegetable and
mineral oil
Automotive,
forest industry
Surfactants Automotive,
food processing
Dilute acids Food processing
Dilute bases Food processing
Sanitizers Food processing
Cutoff
Distance
Detection
Distance
Gear
Cut-away
Perfect Prox Sensor
Detection
Zone
V8-T5-86 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Product Selection
Thru-Beam and Reflex Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-88.
1 For a complete system, order one source and one detector.
2 For a complete system, order sensor and retroreflector (see Tab 8, section 8.1).
3 Retroreflector not included.
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range
Optimum
Range Field of View
Thru-Beam
Component Connection Type
Light Operate
Catalog Number
Dark Operate
Catalog Number
30 mm Diameter Thru-Beam 1
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
800 ft (250m) 0.1 to 300 ft
(0.03 to 90m)
33 in (830 mm)
diameter at
25 ft (7.6m)
Source 2m cable E58–30TS250-GA —
4-pin micro AC connector E58–30TS250-GAP —
Detector 2m cable E58–30TD250-GL E58–30TD250-GD
4-pin micro AC connector E58–30TD250-GLP E58–30TD250-GDP
10–30 Vdc 800 ft (250m) 0.1 to 300 ft
(0.03 to 90m)
33 in (830 mm)
diameter at
25 ft (7.6m)
Source 2m cable E58–30TS250-HA —
4-pin micro DC connector E58–30TS250-HAP —
Detector 2m cable E58–30TD250-HL E58–30TD250-HD
4-pin micro DC connector E58–30TD250-HLP E58–30TD250-HDP
30 mm Diameter Reflex 2
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
59 ft (18m) 1 to 40 ft
(0.03 to 12m)
6 in (150 mm)
diameter at
20 ft (6m)
— 2m cable E58–30RS18-GL E58–30RS18-GD
4-pin micro AC connector E58–30RS18-GLP E58–30RS18-GDP
10–30 Vdc 59 ft (18m) 1 to 40 ft
(0.03 to 12m)
6 in (150 mm)
diameter at
20 ft (6m)
— 2m cable E58–30RS18-HL E58–30RS18-HD
4-pin micro DC connector E58–30RS18-HLP E58–30RS18-HDP
30 mm Diameter Polarized Reflex 2
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
34 ft (10m) 1 to 20 ft
(0.03 to 6m)
6 in (150 mm)
diameter at
20 ft (6m)
— 2m cable E58–30RP10-GL E58–30RP10-GD
4-pin micro AC connector E58–30RP10-GLP E58–30RP10-GDP
10–30 Vdc 34 ft (10m) 1 to 20 ft
(0.03 to 6m)
6 in (150 mm)
diameter at
20 ft (6m)
— 2m cable E58–30RP10-HL E58–30RP10-HD
4-pin micro DC connector E58–30RP10-HLP E58–30RP10-HDP
Options, see Page V8-T5-89.
30 mm Diameter
Thru-Beam
30 mm Diameter Reflex
Source
Retroreflector 3
Sensor
Detector
30 mm Diameter
Polarized Reflex
Retroreflector 3
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-87
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors
Two-Wire Sensors
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-88.
1 Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance card at this range.
2 Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance card at this range.
Operating
Voltage
Nominal
Range 1
Optimum
Range
Cutoff
Range 2Field of View Connection Type
Light Operate
Catalog Number
Dark Operate
Catalog Number
18 mm Diameter Perfect Prox
90–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
2 in
(50 mm)
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2 in (50 mm)
2m cable E58–18DP50-EL E58–18DP50-ED
3-pin micro AC connector E58–18DP50-ELP E58–18DP50-EDP
3-pin mini-connector E58–18DP50-ELPB E58–18DP50-EDPB
4 in
(100 mm)
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.38 in (10 mm)
diameter at
4 in (100 mm)
2m cable E58–18DP100-EL E58–18DP100-ED
3-pin micro AC connector E58–18DP100-ELP E58–18DP100-EDP
3-pin mini-connector E58–18DP100-ELPB E58–18DP100-EDPB
18–50 Vdc 2 in
(50 mm)
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2 in (50 mm)
4-pin micro DC connector E58–18DP50-DLP E58–18DP50-DDP
4 in
(100 mm)
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.38 in (10 mm)
diameter at
4 in (100 mm)
4-pin micro DC connector E58–18DP100-DLP E58–18DP100-DDP
30 mm Diameter Perfect Prox
90–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
6 in
(150 mm)
1 to 6 in
(26 to 150 mm)
6.5 in (165 mm)
and beyond
0.75 in (19 mm)
diameter at
6 in (150 mm)
2m cable E58–30DP150-EL E58–30DP150-ED
3-pin micro AC connector E58–30DP150-ELP E58–30DP150-EDP
3-pin mini-connector E58–30DP150-ELPB E58–30DP150-EDPB
11 in
(280 mm)
1 to 9 in
(26 to 228 mm)
12.5 in (318 mm) 1.0 in (26 mm)
diameter at
11 in (280 mm)
2m cable E58–30DPS280-EL E58–30DPS280-ED
3-pin micro AC connector E58–30DPS280-ELP E58–30DPS280-EDP
3-pin mini-connector E58–30DPS280-ELPB E58–30DPS280-EDPB
18–50 Vdc 6 in
(150 mm)
1 to 6 in
(26 to 150 mm)
6.5 in (165 mm)
and beyond
0.75 in (19 mm)
diameter at
6 in (150 mm)
4-pin micro DC connector E58–30DP150-DLP E58–30DP150-DDP
Options, see Page V8-T5-89.
Operating
Voltage
Nominal
Range 1
Optimum
Range
Cutoff
Range 2Field of View Connection Type
Light Operate
Catalog Number
Dark Operate
Catalog Number
18 mm Diameter Perfect Prox
10–30 Vdc 2 in
(50 mm)
0.4 to 1.8 in
(10 to 45 mm)
2.25 in (57 mm)
and beyond
0.25 in (6 mm)
diameter at
2 in (50 mm)
2m cable E58–18DP50-HL E58–18DP50-HD
4-pin micro DC connector E58–18DP50-HLP E58–18DP50-HDP
4 in
(100 mm)
0.5 to 3 in
(13 to 76 mm)
5 in (127 mm)
and beyond
0.38 in (10 mm)
diameter at
4 in (100 mm)
2m cable E58–18DP100-HL E58–18DP100-HD
4-pin micro DC connector E58–18DP100-HLP E58–18DP100-HDP
30 mm Diameter Perfect Prox
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
15–30 Vdc
6 in
(150 mm)
1 to 6 in
(26 to 150 mm)
6.5 in (165 mm)
and beyond
0.75 in (19 mm)
diameter at
6 in (150 mm)
2m cable E58–30DP150-GL E58–30DP150-GD
4-pin micro AC connector E58–30DP150-GLP E58–30DP150-GDP
11 in
(280 mm)
1 to 9 in
(26 to 228 mm)
12.5 in (318 mm) 1.0 in (26 mm)
diameter at
11 in (280 mm)
2m cable E58–30DPS280-GL E58–30DPS280-GD
4-pin micro AC connector E58–30DPS280-GLP E58–30DPS280-GDP
10–30 Vdc 6 in
(150 mm)
1 to 6 in
(26 to 150 mm)
6.5 in (165 mm)
and beyond
0.75 in (19 mm)
diameter at
6 in (150 mm)
2m cable E58–30DP150-HL E58–30DP150-HD
4-pin micro DC connector E58–30DP150-HLP E58–30DP150-HDP
11 in
(280 mm)
1 to 9 in
(26 to 228 mm)
12.5 in (318 mm) 1.0 in (26 mm)
diameter at
11 in (280 mm)
2m cable E58–30DPS280-HL E58–30DPS280-HD
4-pin micro DC connector E58–30DPS280-HLP E58–30DPS280-HDP
Options, see Page V8-T5-89.
18 mm Diameter
Perfect Prox
30 mm Diameter
Perfect Prox
18 mm Diameter
Perfect Prox
30 mm Diameter
Perfect Prox
V8-T5-88 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables—Micro 1
Standard Cables—Mini 1
Accessories
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Note
1For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC Jacket
Catalog Number
PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
IRR PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
Micro-Style, Straight Female
AC 3-pin,
3-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202 —
4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
Current
Rating
at 600V
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown) Catalog Number
Mini-Style, Straight Female
13A — 3-pin 16 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602
Description Reference
Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape See Tab 8, section 8.1
Mounting brackets See Tab 8, section 8.2
Mounting nuts and other accessories See Tab 8, section 8.3
Connector cables See Tab 10, section 10.1
Micro-Style,
Straight Female
1-Green
2-Red/Black
3-Red/White
2-Red/White
3-Red
4-Green
1-Red/Black
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
Mini-Style,
Straight Female
1-Green
2-Black
3-White
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-89
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Options
Sensor options are built-to-order, contact Eaton’s Sensor Applications Department
at 1-800–426-9184 for delivery lead times.
Thru-Beam and Reflex Sensors
Thru-Beam Apertured
Versions
Reduces effective
sensing beam to 0.2 x 0.9 in
(5 x 23 mm) for accurate
edge detection or sensing
smaller objects. Factory
installed behind lens cover
for protection and sealing.
Sensing range is reduced to
230 ft (70m).
To order, substitute “070” in
place of “250” in source or
detector catalog number.
Example:
E58–30TS070-GA
Food Processing Versions
with Threaded Housings
Upgrade to a 316 stainless
steel threaded body from
303, and change the lens
cover to hard-coated
polycarbonate (cast acrylic
for reflex models) from glass.
To order, add the suffix
“-FC” to the end of the
catalog number.
Example:
E58–30RP10-GL-FC
Food Processing
Versions with Smooth
(Non-Threaded) Housings
Upgrade to a 316 stainless
steel smooth (non-threaded)
body from 303, and change
the lens cover to hard-coated
polycarbonate (cast acrylic for
reflex models) from glass.
To order, add the suffix
“-FSC” to the end of the
catalog number.
Example:
E58–30RP10-GL-FSC
Perfect Prox 30 mm Diameter Model Sensors Only
Food Processing Versions
with Threaded Housings
Upgrade to a 316 stainless
steel threaded body from
303, and change the lens
cover to hard-coated
polycarbonate from glass.
To order, add the suffix
“-FC” to the end of the
catalog number.
Example:
E58–30DP150-EL-FC
Food Processing Versions
with Smooth (Non-
Threaded) Housings
Upgrade to a 316 stainless
steel smooth (non-threaded)
body from 303, and change
the lens cover to hard-coated
polycarbonate from glass.
To order, add the suffix
“-FSC” to the end of the
catalog number.
Example:
E58–30DP150-EL-FSC
V8-T5-90 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Note
1Turn power OFF and back ON to reset. Sensor will reset when short is removed.
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors Two-Wire Sensors
Description
AC/DC Models
(DC Operation)
AC/DC Models
(DC Operation) DC Only Models
AC/DC Models
(AC Operation)
DC Only and AC/DC Models
(DC Operation)
Input voltage 20–132 Vac, 50/60 Hz 15–30 Vdc 10–30 Vdc 90–132 Vac, 50/60 Hz 18–50 Vdc
Power dissipation 3W maximum 3W maximum 2W maximum 3W maximum 3W maximum
Output type VMOS (bi-directional) NPN (sink) Four-wire: NPN and PNP
(dual outputs)
18 mm models: DMOS/bipolar;
30 mm models: DMOS
18 mm models: DMOS/bipolar;
30 mm models: DMOS
Current switching 300 mA maximum 300 mA maximum PNP: 100 mA max.
NPN:
18 mm models: 250 mA max.;
30 mm models: 100 mA max.
18 mm models: 100 mA;
30 mm models: 300 mA
18 mm models: 100 mA;
30 mm models: 300 mA
Voltage switching 186V peak maximum 186V peak maximum 30 Vdc maximum 186V peak maximum 50 Vdc maximum
OFF-state leakage 250 μA typical:
500 μA maximum
250 μA typical:
500 μA maximum
10 μA maximum 1.7 mA maximum 18 mm models: 1.7 mA max.
30 mm models: 1.5 mA max.
Surge current 2A maximum 2A maximum 1A maximum 1A AC 1A DC
ON-state voltage drop — 1.8V at 10 mA
4.0V at 300 mA
NPN: 1.2V at 10 mA;
18 mm models: 2.0V at 100 mA;
30 mm models: 2.0V at 250 mA;
PNP: 2.8V at 100 mA
10 Vac rms 18 mm models: 10 Vdc
30 mm models: 8 Vdc
Response time 10 ms 2 ms 18 mm models: 1 ms;
30 mm models: 1.6 ms
35 ms 35 ms
Short circuit protection Sensor will turn off
immediately when a short or
overload is detected
(indicator LED will flash) 1
Sensor will turn off
immediately when a short or
overload is detected
(indicator LED will flash) 1
Sensor will turn off
immediately when a short or
overload is detected
(indicator LED will flash) 1
Auto reset Auto reset
Operating and storage
temperature range
–40° to 131°F
(–40° to 55°C)
–40° to 131°F
(–40° to 55°C)
–40° to 131°F
(–40° to 55°C)
18 mm models:
–40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C)
30 mm models:
–10° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C)
18 mm models:
–40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C)
30 mm models:
–10° to 131°F (–25° to 55°C)
Description All Models
Enclosure material Cable jacket: PVC (poly vinyl chloride)
Indicator ring: PVDF (high-density fluorinated polymer)
Seals: Viton (registered trademark of Dupont)
Lens cover:
Thru-beam and Perfect Prox models: Tempered glass (or hard-coated polycarbonate for models ending in FC or FSC)
Polarized reflex models: Glass (or cast acrylic for models ending in FC or FSC)
Body: 303 stainless steel (or 316 stainless steel for models ending in FC or FSC)
Cable versions 2m cable length
Connector versions Male mini- and micro-connectors on 7 in pigtail (refer to model selection for number of pins per model)
Vibration and shock Vibration: 30g over 20 Hz to 2 kHz; shock: 100g for 3 ms 1/2 sinewave pulse
Indicator LED Thru-beam source: Lights when power is ON;
all other models: Lights steady when output is ON, flashes when short circuit protection is in latch condition (except two-wire models)
Sunlight immunity Perfect Prox 5000 ft-candles
others: 10,000 ft-candles
Enclosure ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 12K and 13 (IP69K); This product is suitable for high temperature, high pressure washdown (1200 psi).
Chemical resistance This product was designed to withstand chemicals commonly used in the automotive, machine tool, food processing and forest industries.
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-91
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Excess Gain
Thru-Beam, Reflex and Polarized Reflex Sensors
All Models
Thru-Beam
1. Thru-beam
Reflex
2. Performance to 3 in retroreflector
Polarized Reflex
3. Performance to 3 in retroreflector
4. Performance to corner-cube retroreflective tape
Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors
All Models
Perfect Prox
1. 18 mm diameter, 2 in (50 mm) range models
2. 18 mm diameter, 4 in (100 mm) range models
3. 30 mm diameter, 6 in (150 mm) range models
4. 30 mm diameter, 11 in (280 mm) range models
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (m)
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
2
4
1000
305
1
3
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
252.5 254 2540
3 421
Operating
Voltage
Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
Mode/Output Cable Models Micro Mini
Two-Wire Sensors
90–132 Vac
50/60 Hz or
18–50 Vdc
All
18–50 Vdc All (NPN) —
All (PNP) —
BN
BU
L1 or +V
L2 or (–)
Load
L2
or (–)
L1
or +V
Load
L2 or
(–)
L1 or
+V Load
BU
BN
(–)
+V
Load
+V
Load
(–)
BU
BN
(–)
+V
Load
(–) +V
Load
V8-T5-92 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.8
Photoelectric Sensors
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
E58 Harsh Duty Series Sensors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) except where noted
18 mm Diameter (Threaded Model Shown)
30 mm Diameter (Threaded Model Shown)
Operating
Voltage Mode/Output Cable Models
Micro-Connector Models
(Face View Male Shown)
Three-Wire and Four-Wire Sensors
20–132 Vac
50/60 Hz
or 15–30 Vdc
Thru-beam source
All others
10–30 Vdc Thru-beam source
All others
(NPN and PNP)
BU
BN L1 or (–)
L2 or +V
L2
or +V L1
or (–)
BU
BN L1
or (–)
L2 or
+V
BK Load
L2 or +V
L1
or (–)
Load
BU
BN
(–)
+V
(–) +V
BU
WH
(–)
BK Load
BN +V
Load
(–) +V
Load
Load
3.15 (80)
1.54 (39)
maximum
0.6
(15)
1.57 (40)
0.16
(4)
0.22
(5.5)
1.09
(28)
9.39
(23.8)
M 18 x 1.0 (25.4) Thread (mm) –
ts into a 0.75 (19) hole)
Cable
length
Micro
Connector*
Cable models: 6.6 feet (2 m)
Connector models: 7 ± 1 (178 ± 25)
2.13 (54)
maximum
1.03
(26) Mini
Connector*
*
M 30 x 1.5 (38.1) Thread (mm) –
ts into a 1.25 (31.8) hole
4.36 (111)
0.85
(22)
Cable
length
2.0 (51)
maximum
0.6
(15)
Micro
Connector*
Cable models: 6.6 feet (2 m)
*Connector models: 7 ± 1 (178 ± 25)
2.59 (66)
0.2 (5)
1.65
(42)
1.18
(30)
2.13 (54)
maximum
1.03
(26.0) Mini
Connector*
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-93
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.9
Photoelectric Sensors
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Contents
Description Page
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-94
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-94
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-95
Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-95
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-96
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-96
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Product Description
The E67 Long Range Perfect
Prox Series from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector, the highest
performing long-range sensor
you can buy with background
rejection, is ideal for your
most difficult sensing
applications.
The E67 Long Range Perfect
Prox Series reliably detects
targets in range regardless of
variations in color,
reflectance, contrast or
surface shape while ignoring
objects just slightly outside
the target range.
The standard E67 sensor is
conveniently pre-set with a
six ft range. Ranges of three
to eight ft are available pre-
set from the factory.
Features
●Perfect Prox technology
provides exceptional
background rejection and
application problem solving
●Extended sensing ranges
(up to eight ft) available
●No user adjustments
required
●Dual indicators
communicate both output
and power status from an
easy-to-see location at the
top of the sensor housing
●Models available with both
AC and DC operation in a
single unit—up to 132 volts
AC and DC
●AC/DC models offer
isolated contact output for
wiring flexibility
●DC-only sensors offer both
NPN and PNP outputs
●Two mounting options for
maximum flexibility
●Fully sealed package
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
Standards and Certifications
●CE
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
V8-T5-94 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.9
Photoelectric Sensors
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Product Selection
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Four-Wire Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
Standard Cables—Micro 6
Accessories
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on this page.
1 Ranges based on an 18 in white card.
2 Also consider the cutoff range when selecting a sensing range. Guaranteed cutoff will be approximately 12 in (30 cm) beyond the sensing
range. If a background is present within this zone, adjustments to the application or the sensing range will need to be made.
3 Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance card at this range.
4 Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance card at this range.
5 Custom ranges available:
Sensor Options (Built-to-order, contact Eaton’s Sensor Applications Department at 1-800–426-9184 for delivery lead times).
The sensing range of this device can be set at the factory to between 60 cm and 240 cm in 10 cm increments. To order, substitute the range
(in centimeters) in the model number in place of the standard 200 centimeters. For example, for a device that detects out to 4 ft (4 ft x 12 in/
ft x 2.54 centimeters/in), that equates to 121.92 cm. Rounding up (or down, depending on your needs) to the nearest 10 cm yields a sensing
range of 130 cm. Therefore, for a light-operate AC/DC device, you would order E67-LRDP130-KLD.
6 For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Operating
Voltage
Sensing
Range 12
Optimum
Range 3
Cutoff
Range 4
Field of
View
Sensing
Beam Connection Type
Light Operate
Catalog Number
Dark Operate
Catalog Number
18–30 Vdc 79 in
(200 cm)
12 to 60 in
(30 to 150 cm)
91 in
(230 cm)
6 in (15 cm)
diameter at
79 in (200 cm)
Infrared
beam
4-pin
micro DC connector
E67-LRDP200-HLD E67-LRDP200-HDD
55 55 Infrared
beam
4-pin
micro DC connector
E67-LRDPXXX-HLD E67-LRDPXXX-HDD
20–132 Vac
20–132 Vdc
79 in
(200 cm)
12 to 60 in
(30 to 150 cm)
91 in
(230 cm)
6 in (15 cm)
diameter at
79 in (200 cm)
Infrared
beam
4-pin,
micro AC connector
E67-LRDP200-KLD E67-LRDP200-KDD
55 55 Infrared
beam
4-pin
micro AC connector
E67-LRDPXXX-KLD E67-LRDPXXX-KDD
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/
Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown)
PVC Jacket
Catalog Number
PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
IRR PUR Jacket
Catalog Number
Micro-Style, Straight Female
AC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202
DC 4-pin,
4-wire
22 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
Description Reference
Mounting brackets See Tab 8, section 8.2
Connector cables See Tab 10, section 10.1
E67 Long Range
Micro-Style,
Straight Female
2-Red/White
3-Red
4-Green
1-Red/Black
1-Brown
2-White
3-Blue
4-Black
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-95
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.9
Photoelectric Sensors
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Excess Gain
Nominal Unit with Fixed 79 in Sensing Range
Notes
1IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short circuit condition).
2CAUTION: Will not protect against overloads between 100 mA and 250 mA.
3IMPORTANT: Do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones.
4These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications.
Description AC/DC Models DC Only Models
Input voltage 20 to 132 Vac, 50/60 Hz
20 to 132 Vdc
18 to 30 Vdc
Power dissipation 2W maximum 0.5W maximum
Output type Solid-state relay, 1500 V isolation NPN and PNP
Voltage switching capacity 400 Vac/dc 30 Vdc
Current switching capacity 75 mA maximum 100 mA maximum
OFF-state leakage 100 μA maximum 50 μA maximum
ON-state characteristics 35 ohms maximum resistance NPN: 1.5V drop at 100 mA, maximum
PNP: 2.5V drop at 100 mA, maximum
Short circuit protection Thermally current limited at
approximately 200 mA 1
Protected against dead shorts only 12
Response time 50 ms 15 ms
Light/dark operation Specified by catalog number Specified by catalog number
Temperature range
Operating –31° to 131°F (–35° to 55°C) –31° to 131°F (–35° to 55°C)
Storage –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C) –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C)
Description All Models
Material of construction Enclosure: Lexan® Polycarbonate; back cover: Cycoloy® Polycarbonate/ABS;
indicator viewing window: Lexan® Polycarbonate; jam nut and connector:
15% glass-filled nylon 6/6; Threaded inserts: Brass 3
Mounting Jam-nut: Do not exceed 100 in-lbs mounting torque, minimum panel thickness 0.150 in
Side-mounting: Sensor includes 2 sets of #10–32 threaded inserts
Tighten to no more than 35 in-lbs
Use #10–32 x 0.250 in fasteners with split-type washer for panel thickness between 0.048 in and 0.080 in
For other panel thicknesses, choose fastener and washers to ensure minimum thread engagement of
0.120 in and a maximum thread engagement of 0.155 in
Connector models Micro-connector, 4-pin male
Vibration and shock Vibrations: 10g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; shock: 30g for 6 ms 1/2 sine wave pulse
Indicator LED Red: Lights steady when output is on; green: Lights steady when power is applied to sensor
Sunlight immunity 5000 ft-candles
Enclosure ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 4
1000
4000
10
1
10 20 30 400.1 50 60 70 100
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (cm)
25 51 77 102 127 1521782.5 254
V8-T5-96 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.9
Photoelectric Sensors
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
AC/DC Models 12
DC Only Models 1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Sensors
Notes
1Connector versions: The pin numbering and wire colors are typical of several manufacturers, however, variations are possible.
In case of discrepancies, rely on function indicated and pin location rather than pin number or wire color.
2Sensor operates on DC voltage, but isolated output can switch AC or DC loads.
Connector Version-Face View Male
See
Output
Options
Below
L2 or ( - )
L1 or +V
AC 20 to 132 V
or DC 20 to 132 V
L2 or ( - )
L1 or +V
4
1
2
3
(Red/White)
(Red/Black)
(Green)
(Red)
Isolated Output Options
(–)
+V
Red (Pin 3)
Green (Pin 4)
DC NPN (Sink)
Load
DC PNP (Source)
Load
L2
L1
AC Load
Maximum:
100 mA @
132 Volts Load
Red (Pin 3)
Green (Pin 4)
Red (Pin 3)
Green (Pin 4)
Maximum:
75 mA @
132 Volts
Connector Version-Face View Male
(–)
+V
DC 18 to 30 V
(–)
+V
4
1
2
3
(Brown)
(Blue)
(Black)
(White)
NPN
Output
(Sink)
PNP
Output
(Source)
Load
Load
6.53
(166)
2.34 (59)
1.65
(42)
1.69
(43)
5.41
(137)
1.7
(43)
1.7
(43)
0.62
(15.5)
0.12
(3)
M30 x 1.5
Thread Fits into
1.25 (32) hole 1.01
(25.5)
2.33 (59)
0.95
(24)
0.15
(4)
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-97
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.
For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada
call 1-800-426-9184.
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Contents
Description Page
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Product Selection
Assembled Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-98
Sensor Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-100
Sensor Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-101
Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-102
Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-102
Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-103
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-72
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-104
Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-104
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-105
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8-T5-106
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Product Description
E51 Limit Switch Style
Modular Sensors from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are
available in thru-beam, reflex,
polarized reflex, diffuse
reflective and fiber optic
sensing modes to solve a
wide variety of sensing
applications. Modular, plug-in
components are easy to
maintain, meaning less
downtime and reduced
inventory. Choose between
two-wire sensors with
AC/DC operation and four-
wire sensors in either AC or
DC styles. Connection
options include terminal,
mini-connector and various
lengths of cable. Sensors
can be ordered in component
form or as fully assembled
units.
Features
●Choose from five different
sensing modes including
fiber optic
●All heads feature a selector
switch for light or dark
operation
●Logic modules are
available to provide
additional control functions
●Rugged construction, ideal
for industrial environments
●Viton gaskets ensure a
positive seal and high
chemical resistance
●Sensor heads can be
rotated to any of four
positions
●Components are
interchangeable with E51
proximity sensors
●Sensors accommodate
both U.S. and DIN
mounting dimensions
●Sensor bodies feature
bifurcated engagement
prongs for a reliable
electrical connection when
plugging into receptacle
stabs
Standards and Certifications
●UL Listed
●CSA Certified
●CE (where shown)
DANGER
THIS SENSOR IS NOT A
SAFETY DEVICE AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
SAFETY DEVICE. This sensor
is designed only to detect
and read certain data in an
electronic manner and
perform no use apart from
that, specifically no safety-
related use. This sensor
product does not include
self-checking redundant
circuitry, and the failure of
this sensor product could
cause either an energized
or de-energized output
condition, which could result
in death, serious bodily
injury, or property damage.
For the most current information
on this product, visit our Web site:
www.eaton.com
V8-T5-98 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Product Selection
Assembled Sensors
Reflex, Diffuse Reflective and Thru-Beam Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-103.
1 All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch which reverses the output function.
2 Logic module must be ordered separately, see Page V8-T5-102. These sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.
3 Receptacles feature terminal wiring with a 1/2 in NPT thread at the conduit entrance.
Other connection options are available (see below and Page V8-T5-103).
4 Includes sensor head mounted to sensor body. Head can be rotated to any of four discrete positions on body,
90% apart, but is not separate from body.
5 120 Vac operation.
6 10–30 Vdc operation.
Sensor Body and Receptacle Two-Wire Sensors Four-Wire Sensors
Operating voltage 20–264 Vac/dc 120 Vac 10–30 Vdc
Output NO or NC 1NO and NC complementary NO and NC complementary
Sensor body E51SAL E51SCL E51SCN
Accepts logic
module 2
E51SNL
NPN
E51SPL
PNP
Receptacle 3E51RA E51RC E51RCB E51RN E51RN
Sensing
Range
Response
Time
Sensing
Beam
Sensor Head Only
Catalog Number
Assembled Sensors with Head, Sensor Body and Receptacle
Catalog Number
Reflex
18 ft (5.5m) Standard
response
Infrared E51DP1 E51ALP1 E51CLP1 E51CNP1 E51NLP1 E51PLP1
35 ft (10.7m) Standard
response
E51DP3 — E51CLP3 E51CNP3 E51NLP3 E51PLP3
Polarized Reflex
15 ft (4.5m) Standard
response
Visible red E51DP5 — E51CLP5 E51CNP5 E51NLP5 E51PLP5
Diffuse Reflective
8 in (200 mm) Standard
response
Infrared E51DP2 E51ALP2 E51CLP2 E51CNP2 E51NLP2 E51PLP2
Fast response E51DP22 — E51CLP22 E51CNP22 E51NLP22 E51PLP22
18 in (450 mm) Standard
response
E51DP6 — E51CLP6 E51CNP6 E51NLP6 E51PLP6
40 in (1m) Standard
response
E51DP4 — E51CLP4 E51CNP4 E51NLP4 E51PLP4
Thru-Beam Detector
300 ft (90m) Standard
response
—E51DC1 E51ALC1 E51CLC1 E51CNC1 E51NLC1 E51PLC1
Thru-Beam Source 3
300 ft (90m) — Infrared with
visible red
alignment aid
E51DEL E51ELA
5E51ELA 5E51ELA 5E51ELA 5E51ELA 5
E51DED E51EDN
6E51EDN 6E51EDN 6E51EDN 6E51EDN 6
Connection Option Suffix Example
20 mm thread at the conduit entrance 20 E51ALP120
Built-in mini-connector with epoxy filled receptacle 2-wire, 3-pin connector P3 E51ALP1P3
4-wire, 5-pin connector P5 E51CLP1P5
Pigtail with mini-connector 2-wire, AC/DC T3 E51RAPT3
4-wire, AC T5 E51RCPT5
4-wire, DC T5 E51RNPT5
Pre-wired cable with epoxy filled receptacle 8 ft long S E51ALP1S
12 ft long S12 E51ALP1S12
20 ft long S20 E51ALP1S20
Reflex
Assembled Sensor
Sensor Heads 4
Polarized Reflex
Diffuse Reflective
Thru-Beam Detector
Thru-Beam Source
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-99
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Glass Fiber Optic Sensors
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-103.
1 All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch which reverses the output function.
2 Logic module must be ordered separately, see Page V8-T5-102. These sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.
3 Receptacles feature terminal wiring with a 1/2 in NPT thread at the conduit entrance.
Other connection options are available (see below and Page V8-T5-103).
4 Requires glass fiber optic cables for operation (not included), see Tab 9, section 9.2.
5 Sensing range for diffuse reflective mode for 0.125 in (3.2 mm) diameter fibers. See Page V8-T5-104 for complete sensing range specifications.
6 Sensing range in thru-beam mode for 0.125 in (3.2 mm) diameter fibers. See Page V8-T5-104 for complete sensing range specifications.
Sensor Body and Receptacle Two-Wire Sensors Four-Wire Sensors
Operating voltage 20–264 Vac/dc 120 Vac 10–30 Vdc
Output NO or NC 1NO and NC complementary NO and NC complementary
Sensor body E51SAL E51SCL E51SCN
Accepts logic
module 2
E51SNL
NPN
E51SPL
PNP
Receptacle 3E51RA E51RC E51RCB E51RN E51RN
Sensing
Range
Response
Time
Sensor Head Only
Catalog Number
Assembled Sensors with Head, Sensor Body and Receptacle
Catalog Number
Glass Fiber Optic, Standard Fiber Mounting Style 4
3 in (75 mm) 5
25 in (650 mm) 6
Standard
response
E51DF1 — E51CLF1 E51CNF1 E51NLF1 E51PLF1
1 in (25 mm) 5
9 in (225 mm) 6
Fast response E51DF11 — E51CLF11 E51CNF11 E51NLF11 E51PLF11
Glass Fiber Optic, Collar Fiber Mounting Style 4
3 in (75 mm) 5
25 in (650 mm) 6
Standard
response
E51DF3 — E51CLF3 E51CNF3 E51NLF3 E51PLF3
1 in (25 mm) 5
9 in (225 mm) 6
Fast response E51DF33 — E51CLF33 E51CNF33 E51NLF33 E51PLF33
Connection Option Suffix Example
20 mm thread at the conduit entrance 20 E51ALP120
Built-in mini-connector with epoxy filled receptacle 2-wire, 3-pin connector P3 E51ALP1P3
4-wire, 5-pin connector P5 E51CLP1P5
Pigtail with mini-connector 2-wire, AC/DC T3 E51RAPT3
4-wire, AC T5 E51RCPT5
4-wire, DC T5 E51RNPT5
Pre-wired cable with epoxy filled receptacle 8 ft long S E51ALP1S
12 ft long S12 E51ALP1S12
20 ft long S20 E51ALP1S20
Glass Fiber Optic,
Standard Fiber
Mounting Style
Assembled Sensor
Sensor Heads 1
Glass Fiber Optic,
Collar Fiber
Mounting Style
V8-T5-100 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Sensor Heads
Reflex, Diffuse Reflective and Thru-Beam Sensors 1
Notes
1 All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch.
2 Reflex ranges are based on a 3 in retroreflector; diffuse reflective ranges are based on a 90% reflectance white card.
3 These sensor heads have a mechanical Near/Far adjustment which adjust the head for optimum performance at the expected
target distance. The adjustment, which move the optics and adjustment indicator, is made before the head is mounted on the
sensor body. Excess gain graphs are shown in the “Far” setting.
4 Includes sensor head mounted to sensor body. Use receptacles E51RA for AC or E51RN for DC sources. Head can be rotated
to any of four discrete positions on body, 90° apart, but is not separate from the body.
Sensing
Range 2
Response Time
Sensing
Beam Adjustment
Input
Voltage Catalog NumberField of View
ON
AC Sensor DC Sensor
OFF
AC Sensor DC Sensor
Reflex
18 ft
(5.5m)
6 in (152 mm)
diameter at
15 ft (4.6m)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Infrared — — E51DP1
35 ft
(10.7m)
12 in (305 mm)
diameter at
35 ft (10.7m)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Infrared — — E51DP3
Polarized Reflex
15 ft
(4.5m)
6 in (152 mm)
diameter at
15 ft (4.6m)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Visible red — — E51DP5
Diffuse Reflective
8 in
(200 mm)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
4 in (101m)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Infrared Near/far 3—E51DP2
1 ms 0.5 ms 9 ms 0.5 ms Infrared Near/far 3—E51DP22
18 in
(450 mm)
1 in (25 mm)
diameter at
9 in (228m)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Infrared Near/far 3—E51DP6
40 in
(1m)
1.5 in (38 mm)
diameter at
40 in (1m)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Infrared — — E51DP4
Thru-Beam Detector
300 ft
(90m)
18 in (457 mm)
diameter at
20 ft (6.1m)
10 ms 5 ms 10 ms 5 ms — Sensitivity — E51DC1
Thru-Beam Source 4
300 ft
(90m)
36 in (914 mm)
diameter at
20 ft (6.1m)
————Infrared with
visible red
alignment aid
—120 VacE51DEL
10–30 Vdc E51DED
Reflex
Polarized Reflex
Diffuse Reflective
Thru-Beam Detector
Thru-Beam Source
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-101
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Glass Fiber Optic Sensors 1
Sensor Bodies
Two-Wire Sensors
Four-Wire Sensors
Notes
1 All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch.
2 Diffuse reflective ranges are based on a 90% reflectance white card.
3 Requires glass fiber optic cables for operation (not included), see Tab 9, section 9.2.
4 This sensor body is available in a factory-sealed, non plug-in configuration (with 8 ft cable), add 6P to listed catalog number. Example: E51SAL6P.
5 Sensor body is black. E51SCN sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.
Sensing Range 2
Thru-Beam Mode Diffuse Reflective Mode Response Time
Sensing
Beam Adjustment
Catalog
Number
0.063 In Dia.
Fibers
0.125 In Dia.
Fibers
0.063 In Dia.
Fibers
0.125 In Dia.
Fibers
ON
AC Sensor DC Sensor
OFF
AC Sensor DC Sensor
Standard Fiber Mounting Style 3
8 in
(200 mm)
25 in
(650 mm)
0.6 in
(15 mm)
3 in
(75 mm)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Infrared — E51DF1
3 in
(75 mm)
9 in
(225 mm)
0.25 in
(6 mm)
1 in
(25 mm)
0.5 ms 0.5 ms 9 ms 0.5 ms Infrared — E51DF11
Collar Fiber Mounting Style 3
8 in
(200 mm)
25 in
(650 mm)
0.6 in
(15 mm)
3 in
(75 mm)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Infrared Sensitivity E51DF3
3 in
(75 mm)
9 in
(225 mm)
0.25 in
(6 mm)
1 in
(25 mm)
0.5 ms 0.5 ms 9 ms 0.5 ms Infrared Sensitivity E51DF33
10 in
(250 mm)
40 in
(1000 mm)
0.8 in
(20 mm)
4.5 in
(115 mm)
20 ms 20 ms 30 ms 22 ms Infrared — E51DF4
Operating
Voltage Output Protection Output Rating Continuous Type Catalog Number
AC/DC
20–264 Vac/dc,
50/60 Hz
One output, load powered, NO or NC,
programmable from head;
OFF-state leakage current:
1.7 mA at 120 Vac/dc, <2.0 mA at 240 Vac
Latching short
circuit and overload
0.5A — E51SAL 4
Operating
Voltage Output Protection Output Rating Continuous Type Catalog Number
AC
120 Vac,
50/60 Hz
Two complementary outputs,
line powered, NO and NC
— 1.0A to 158°F (70°C),
linearly derated to 0.6A
at 176°F (80°C)
—E51SCL 4
1.0A to 113°F (45°C),
linearly derated to 0.3A
at 176°F (80°C)
Accepts logic modules
(see Page V8-T5-102)
E51SCN 5
DC
10–30 Vdc Two complementary outputs,
line powered, NO and NC
Burden current: <25 mA
OFF-state leakage: <100 μA
ON-state: <2.5 Vdc
Power-up delay: <150 ms
Reverse polarity 0.6A to 104°F (40°C),
linearly derated to 0.36A
at 176°F (80°C)
NPN E51SNL 4
PNP E51SPL 4
Standard Fiber
Mounting Style
Collar Fiber
Mounting Style
AC/DC
AC (E51SCN Shown)
DC
V8-T5-102 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Logic Module
Logic Module (for E51SCN Sensor Body Only)
Receptacles
Receptacles for E51 Limit Switch
Notes
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page V8-T5-103.
1 Rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.
2 Repeatability of the timing cycle is ±1% at constant voltage, ambient temperature and reset time.
3 Black receptacle is for color compatibility with E51SCN sensor body.
Type Reset Time Description Timing Range 2Catalog Number
ON and OFF delay 25 ms minimum Adjustable delay between time object is sensed and time
switch function occurs
Adjustable delay between time object leaves sensing field
and time switch transfers back to non-sensing state
0.15 to 15.0 seconds E51MTB
Description Style Details Cable Length
Conduit Entrance
1/2 In NPT
Catalog Number
20 mm
Catalog Number
Surface Mount
Conduit entrance, front or rear mounting 2-wire, AC/DC — — E51RA E51RA20
4-wire, AC Gray — E51RC E51RC20
Black 3—E51RCB E51RCB20
4-wire, DC — — E51RN E51RN20
Built-In Mini-Connector
Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired mini-connector 2-wire, AC/DC 3-pin — E51RAP3 —
4-wire, AC 5-pin — E51RCP5 —
4-wire, DC 5-pin — E51RNP5 —
Pigtail with Mini-Connector
Epoxy filled receptacle with mini-connector
mounted on 3 ft (900 mm) cable
2-wire, AC/DC 3-pin 3 ft (0.9m) E51RAPT3 —
4-wire, AC 5-pin 3 ft (0.9m) E51RCPT5 —
4-wire, DC 5-pin 3 ft (0.9m) E51RNPT5 —
Prewired Cable
Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired 16 gauge, yellow
jacketed, type SOOW-A cable. Cable enters through hole
threaded for conduit
2-wire, AC/DC 3-conductor 8 ft (2.4m) E51RAS E51RA20S
12 ft (3.6m) E51RAS12 —
20 ft (6m) E51RAS20 —
4-wire, AC 5-conductor 8 ft (2.4m) E51RCS E51RC20S
12 ft (3.6m) E51RCS12 —
20 ft (6m) E51RCS20 —
4-wire, DC 5-conductor 8 ft (2.4m) E51RNS E51RN20S
12 ft (3.6m) E51RNS12 —
20 ft (6m) E51RNS20 —
Logic Module 1
Surface Mount
Built-In
Mini-Connector
Pigtail with
Mini-Connector
Prewired Cable
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-103
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Compatible Connector Cables
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors 1
Accessories
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Note
1 For a full selection of connector cables, see Tab 10, section 10.1.
Current Rating
at 600V
Voltage
Style
Number
of Pins Gauge Length
Pin Configuration/Wire Colors
(Face View Female Shown) Catalog Number
Standard Cables—Mini Style
13A AC/DC 3-pin 16 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602
8A AC/DC 5-pin 16 AWG 6 ft (2m) CSMS5D5CY1602
Description Catalog Number
Universal Mounting Bracket
One-hole, includes mounting hardware, stainless steel E51KH2
Universal Mounting Bracket
Two-hole, includes mounting hardware, steel E51KH4
Machine Mounting Bracket
Zinc die cast E50KH3
Stand-Off Mounting Bracket
Steel E51KH3
Remote Sensor Head Assembly
Permits mounting sensor head up to 3 ft (0.9m) from sensor body E51KRM
Connector Cables
A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories, see Tab 10, section 10.1
Dimensions, see Page V8-T5-106.
Mini Style
Straight Female
1-Green
2-Black
3-White
1-White
2-Red
3-Green
4-Orange
5-Black
One-hole, Universal
Stand-Off Mounting
Bracket
Machine Mounting
Bracket
Remote Sensor
Head Assembly
Two-hole, Universal
V8-T5-104 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Technical Data and Specifications
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Excess Gain
Sensor Heads—Reflex, Diffuse Reflective and Thru-Beam
Reflex (3 in diameter
retroreflector)
1. E51DP3
2. E51DP1
3. E51DP5
Diffuse Reflective (90%
reflective white card)
4. E51DP6
5. E51DP4
6. E51DP2 and E51DP22
Thru-Beam
7. E51DEL and E51DED sources
using E51DC1 detector
Note
1Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications.
Description Specification
Output ratings (NEMA D150)
AC/DC models 0.5A continuous
AC models 1A continuous
DC models 0.6A continuous
Protection Latching short circuit protection on two-wire AC/DC and four-wire DC models
Indicator LEDs Lights when output is ON. One LED for each output
Enclosure material Zinc die cast
Gasket material Viton
Enclosure ratings NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)
E51SCN sensor body only: NEMA 4, 4X and 13 1
Hazardous locations ratings
Class I Division II—GRPS ABCD
Class II Division II—GRPS F and G
Class III Division 2
Temperature range –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
Torque requirements Switch body screws: 25–30 in-lb; Sensing head screws: 14–18 in-lb
Vibration 10–55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude
Shock 30g, 11 ms, 1/2 sine wave
Humidity 95% non-condensing
RANGE (m)
1000
10
1
10.1 10 10 0
RANGE (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
0.30.03 3.0 30.5
1
2
3
RANGE (mm)
1000
10
1
10.1 10 10 0
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
252.5 254 2540
4
5
6
RANGE (m)
1000
10
1
101 100 1000
RANGE (feet)
EXCESS GAIN
100
3.00.3 30.5 305
7
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-105
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Sensor Heads—Glass Fiber Optic
Diffuse Reflective (90%
reflective white card)
E51DF1 and E51DF3 high power
sensor head with:
1. 0.125 in fiber bundle
2. 0.094 in fiber bundle
4. 0.063 in fiber bundle
E51DF33 fast response
sensor head with:
3. 0.125 in fiber bundle
4. 0.094 in fiber bundle
5. 0.063 in fiber bundle
Thru-Beam
E51DF4 extended range
sensor head with:
1. 0.125 in fiber bundle
4. 0.063 in fiber bundle
E51DF1 and E51DF3 high
power sensor head with:
2. 0.125 in fiber bundle
3. 0.094 in fiber bundle
6. 0.063 in fiber bundle
E51DF33 fast response
sensor head with:
5. 0.125 in fiber bundle
7. 0.094 in fiber bundle
8. 0.063 in fiber bundle
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring.
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Note
1Changing light/dark switch on sensor head will reverse output function (NO becomes NC, and NC becomes NO).
1000
10
1
0.10.01 1 10
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
2.5.25 25.4 254
1
2
3
4
5
1000
10
1
10.1 10 100
RANGE (inches)
EXCESS GAIN
100
RANGE (mm)
25.42.5 254 2540
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
Operating
Voltage Output 1Terminal and Cable Models
Mini-Connector Models
(Face View Male Shown)
Two-Wire Sensors
20–264 Vac or
Vdc 50/60 Hz
NO or NC
Four-Wire Sensors
120 Vac 50/60 Hz NO and NC
10–30 Vdc NO and NC NPN
NO and NC PNP
21
43
L2
or (–)
L1
or +V
Load
Black
White
Green
L2 or
(–) L1
or +V
Load
21
43 L2
L1
Load
Load
Black White
Orange
Red
Green
Load
Load
N.C.
N.O.
L2 L1
21
43 (–)
+V
Load
Load
Black White
Orange
Red
Green
(–) +V
Load
Load
N.O.
N.C.
21
43 (–)
+V
Load
Load
Black White
Orange
Red
Green
(–) +V
Load
Load
N.C.
N.O.
V8-T5-106 Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Standard Sensor Sensor with Logic Module
Accessories
Approximate Dimensions in Inches [mm]
Universal Mounting Bracket—E51KH2 Universal Mounting Bracket—E51KH4
Volume 8—Sensing Solutions CA08100010E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V8-T5-107
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.10
Photoelectric Sensors
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular Sensors
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Machine Mounting Bracket
Stand-Off Mounting Bracket
Approximate Dimensions in Inches [mm]
Remote Sensor Head Assembly